diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
183 files changed, 4348 insertions, 921 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 38f8444bdd0e..27e67a98b7be 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ DMA-ISA-LPC.txt - How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices. DMA-attributes.txt - listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have +dmatest.txt + - how to compile, configure and use the dmatest system. DocBook/ - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation. EDID/ @@ -77,6 +79,8 @@ arm/ - directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture. arm64/ - directory with info about Linux on the 64 bit ARM architecture. +assoc_array.txt + - generic associative array intro. atomic_ops.txt - semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations. auxdisplay/ @@ -87,6 +91,8 @@ bad_memory.txt - how to use kernel parameters to exclude bad RAM regions. basic_profiling.txt - basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel. +bcache.txt + - Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance. binfmt_misc.txt - info on the kernel support for extra binary formats. blackfin/ @@ -171,6 +177,8 @@ early-userspace/ - info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot. edac.txt - information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction +efi-stub.txt + - How to use the EFI boot stub to bypass GRUB or elilo on EFI systems. eisa.txt - info on EISA bus support. email-clients.txt @@ -195,8 +203,8 @@ futex-requeue-pi.txt - info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex gcov.txt - use of GCC's coverage testing tool "gcov" with the Linux kernel -gpio.txt - - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions. +gpio/ + - gpio related documentation hid/ - directory with information on human interface devices highuid.txt @@ -255,6 +263,8 @@ kernel-docs.txt - listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals. kernel-parameters.txt - summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel. +kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt + - List of all per-CPU kthreads and how they introduce jitter. kmemcheck.txt - info on dynamic checker that detects uses of uninitialized memory. kmemleak.txt @@ -299,8 +309,6 @@ memory-devices/ - directory with info on parts like the Texas Instruments EMIF driver memory-hotplug.txt - Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status. -memory.txt - - info on typical Linux memory problems. metag/ - directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture. mips/ @@ -311,6 +319,8 @@ mmc/ - directory with info about the MMC subsystem mn10300/ - directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port +module-signing.txt + - Kernel module signing for increased security when loading modules. mtd/ - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash) mono.txt @@ -343,6 +353,8 @@ pcmcia/ - info on the Linux PCMCIA driver. percpu-rw-semaphore.txt - RCU based read-write semaphore optimized for locking for reading +phy.txt + - Description of the generic PHY framework. pi-futex.txt - documentation on lightweight priority inheritance futexes. pinctrl.txt @@ -401,8 +413,6 @@ serial-console.txt - how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default. sgi-ioc4.txt - description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device. -sgi-visws.txt - - short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations. sh/ - directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture. smsc_ece1099.txt @@ -431,6 +441,8 @@ sysrq.txt - info on the magic SysRq key. target/ - directory with info on generating TCM v4 fabric .ko modules +this_cpu_ops.txt + - List rationale behind and the way to use this_cpu operations. thermal/ - directory with information on managing thermal issues (CPU/temp) trace/ @@ -469,6 +481,8 @@ wimax/ - directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections workqueue.txt - information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation +ww-mutex-design.txt + - Intro to Mutex wait/would deadlock handling.s x86/x86_64/ - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines. xtensa/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host index 29a4f892e433..0eb255e7db12 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -11,3 +11,19 @@ Description: guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies the controller index: '0' for the first controller, '1' for the second. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com> +Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" + feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa + driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to + send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part + of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID + stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of + '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may + use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero + means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use + the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is + controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the + controller. This file is readable and writable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power index efe449bdf811..7dbf96b724ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Description: Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. -What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us Date: March 2012 Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: @@ -205,6 +205,31 @@ Description: This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us +Date: January 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute + contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the + given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access + latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse + effects on user space functionality. If that value is the + string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all, + but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance + for the device automatically. + + Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory + access latency for the device may be determined automatically + by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the + hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other + latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side. + + This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it + is supported by the hardware. + + This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of + devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. + What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off Date: September 2012 Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index 205a73878441..64c9276e9421 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Description: The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state. Reading from this file returns what states are supported, - which is hard-coded to 'standby' (Power-On Suspend), 'mem' - (Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk' (Suspend-to-Disk). + which is hard-coded to 'freeze' (Low-Power Idle), 'standby' + (Power-On Suspend), 'mem' (Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk' + (Suspend-to-Disk). Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to transition into that state. Please see the file diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index 0f9c6ff41aac..8d96ebf524e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \ genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \ 80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \ alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \ - tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml + tracepoint.xml drm.xml media_api.xml w1.xml include $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b0228d4c81bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/w1.tmpl @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> + +<book id="w1id"> + <bookinfo> + <title>W1: Dallas' 1-wire bus</title> + + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>David</firstname> + <surname>Fries</surname> + <affiliation> + <address> + <email>David@Fries.net</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> + + </authorgroup> + + <copyright> + <year>2013</year> + <!-- + <holder></holder> + --> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice> + <para> + This documentation is free software; you can redistribute + it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License version 2. + </para> + + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + For more details see the file COPYING in the source + distribution of Linux. + </para> + </legalnotice> + </bookinfo> + + <toc></toc> + + <chapter id="w1_internal"> + <title>W1 API internal to the kernel</title> + + <sect1 id="w1_internal_api"> + <title>W1 API internal to the kernel</title> + <sect2 id="w1.h"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1.h</title> + <para>W1 core functions.</para> +!Idrivers/w1/w1.h + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1.c"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1.c</title> + <para>W1 core functions.</para> +!Idrivers/w1/w1.c + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1_family.h"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1_family.h</title> + <para>Allows registering device family operations.</para> +!Idrivers/w1/w1_family.h + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1_family.c"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1_family.c</title> + <para>Allows registering device family operations.</para> +!Edrivers/w1/w1_family.c + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1_int.c"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1_int.c</title> + <para>W1 internal initialization for master devices.</para> +!Edrivers/w1/w1_int.c + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1_netlink.h"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1_netlink.h</title> + <para>W1 external netlink API structures and commands.</para> +!Idrivers/w1/w1_netlink.h + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="w1_io.c"> + <title>drivers/w1/w1_io.c</title> + <para>W1 input/output.</para> +!Edrivers/w1/w1_io.c +!Idrivers/w1/w1_io.c + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + </chapter> + +</book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl index 06741e925985..d0056a4e9c53 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl @@ -468,8 +468,6 @@ return err; } - snd_card_set_dev(card, &pci->dev); - *rchip = chip; return 0; } @@ -492,7 +490,8 @@ } /* (2) */ - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, 0, &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); if (err < 0) return err; @@ -591,7 +590,8 @@ struct snd_card *card; int err; .... - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, 0, &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); ]]> </programlisting> </informalexample> @@ -809,28 +809,34 @@ <para> As mentioned above, to create a card instance, call - <function>snd_card_create()</function>. + <function>snd_card_new()</function>. <informalexample> <programlisting> <![CDATA[ struct snd_card *card; int err; - err = snd_card_create(index, id, module, extra_size, &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index, id, module, extra_size, &card); ]]> </programlisting> </informalexample> </para> <para> - The function takes five arguments, the card-index number, the - id string, the module pointer (usually + The function takes six arguments: the parent device pointer, + the card-index number, the id string, the module pointer (usually <constant>THIS_MODULE</constant>), the size of extra-data space, and the pointer to return the card instance. The extra_size argument is used to allocate card->private_data for the chip-specific data. Note that these data - are allocated by <function>snd_card_create()</function>. + are allocated by <function>snd_card_new()</function>. + </para> + + <para> + The first argument, the pointer of struct + <structname>device</structname>, specifies the parent device. + For PCI devices, typically &pci-> is passed there. </para> </section> @@ -916,16 +922,16 @@ </para> <section id="card-management-chip-specific-snd-card-new"> - <title>1. Allocating via <function>snd_card_create()</function>.</title> + <title>1. Allocating via <function>snd_card_new()</function>.</title> <para> As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-data-length - to the 4th argument of <function>snd_card_create()</function>, i.e. + to the 5th argument of <function>snd_card_new()</function>, i.e. <informalexample> <programlisting> <![CDATA[ - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, - sizeof(struct mychip), &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + sizeof(struct mychip), &card); ]]> </programlisting> </informalexample> @@ -954,7 +960,7 @@ <para> After allocating a card instance via - <function>snd_card_create()</function> (with + <function>snd_card_new()</function> (with <constant>0</constant> on the 4th arg), call <function>kzalloc()</function>. @@ -963,7 +969,8 @@ <![CDATA[ struct snd_card *card; struct mychip *chip; - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, 0, &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); ..... chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); ]]> @@ -1170,8 +1177,6 @@ return err; } - snd_card_set_dev(card, &pci->dev); - *rchip = chip; return 0; } @@ -1526,30 +1531,6 @@ </section> - <section id="pci-resource-device-struct"> - <title>Registration of Device Struct</title> - <para> - At some point, typically after calling <function>snd_device_new()</function>, - you need to register the struct <structname>device</structname> of the chip - you're handling for udev and co. ALSA provides a macro for compatibility with - older kernels. Simply call like the following: - <informalexample> - <programlisting> -<![CDATA[ - snd_card_set_dev(card, &pci->dev); -]]> - </programlisting> - </informalexample> - so that it stores the PCI's device pointer to the card. This will be - referred by ALSA core functions later when the devices are registered. - </para> - <para> - In the case of non-PCI, pass the proper device struct pointer of the BUS - instead. (In the case of legacy ISA without PnP, you don't have to do - anything.) - </para> - </section> - <section id="pci-resource-entries"> <title>PCI Entries</title> <para> @@ -5740,7 +5721,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime { struct mychip *chip; int err; .... - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, 0, &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + 0, &card); .... chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL); .... @@ -5752,7 +5734,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime { </informalexample> When you created the chip data with - <function>snd_card_create()</function>, it's anyway accessible + <function>snd_card_new()</function>, it's anyway accessible via <structfield>private_data</structfield> field. <informalexample> @@ -5766,8 +5748,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime { struct mychip *chip; int err; .... - err = snd_card_create(index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, - sizeof(struct mychip), &card); + err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE, + sizeof(struct mychip), &card); .... chip = card->private_data; .... diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt index a8d01005f480..10a93696e55a 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt @@ -82,7 +82,19 @@ Most of the hard work is done for the driver in the PCI layer. It simply has to request that the PCI layer set up the MSI capability for this device. -4.2.1 pci_enable_msi_range +4.2.1 pci_enable_msi + +int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) + +A successful call allocates ONE interrupt to the device, regardless +of how many MSIs the device supports. The device is switched from +pin-based interrupt mode to MSI mode. The dev->irq number is changed +to a new number which represents the message signaled interrupt; +consequently, this function should be called before the driver calls +request_irq(), because an MSI is delivered via a vector that is +different from the vector of a pin-based interrupt. + +4.2.2 pci_enable_msi_range int pci_enable_msi_range(struct pci_dev *dev, int minvec, int maxvec) @@ -147,6 +159,11 @@ static int foo_driver_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev, int nvec) return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, nvec, nvec); } +Note, unlike pci_enable_msi_exact() function, which could be also used to +enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msi_range() +returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as +pci_enable_msi_exact() does). + 4.2.1.3 Single MSI mode The most notorious example of the request type described above is @@ -158,7 +175,27 @@ static int foo_driver_enable_single_msi(struct pci_dev *pdev) return pci_enable_msi_range(pdev, 1, 1); } -4.2.2 pci_disable_msi +Note, unlike pci_enable_msi() function, which could be also used to +enable the single MSI mode, pci_enable_msi_range() returns either a +negative errno or 1 (not negative errno or 0 - as pci_enable_msi() +does). + +4.2.3 pci_enable_msi_exact + +int pci_enable_msi_exact(struct pci_dev *dev, int nvec) + +This variation on pci_enable_msi_range() call allows a device driver to +request exactly 'nvec' MSIs. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to request any more MSI interrupts for +this device. + +By contrast with pci_enable_msi_range() function, pci_enable_msi_exact() +returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI interrupts have been +successfully allocated. + +4.2.4 pci_disable_msi void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) @@ -172,7 +209,7 @@ on any interrupt for which it previously called request_irq(). Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON(), leaving the device with MSI enabled and thus leaking its vector. -4.2.3 pci_msi_vec_count +4.2.4 pci_msi_vec_count int pci_msi_vec_count(struct pci_dev *dev) @@ -257,8 +294,8 @@ possible, likely up to the limit returned by pci_msix_vec_count() function: static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) { - return pci_enable_msi_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, - 1, nvec); + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + 1, nvec); } Note the value of 'minvec' parameter is 1. As 'minvec' is inclusive, @@ -269,8 +306,8 @@ In this case the function could look like this: static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) { - return pci_enable_msi_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, - FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec); + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + FOO_DRIVER_MINIMUM_NVEC, nvec); } 4.3.1.2 Exact number of MSI-X interrupts @@ -282,10 +319,15 @@ parameters: static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, int nvec) { - return pci_enable_msi_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, - nvec, nvec); + return pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries, + nvec, nvec); } +Note, unlike pci_enable_msix_exact() function, which could be also used to +enable a particular number of MSI-X interrupts, pci_enable_msix_range() +returns either a negative errno or 'nvec' (not negative errno or 0 - as +pci_enable_msix_exact() does). + 4.3.1.3 Specific requirements to the number of MSI-X interrupts As noted above, there could be devices that can not operate with just any @@ -332,7 +374,64 @@ Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analized for a fallback - any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not be retried. -4.3.2 pci_disable_msix +4.3.2 pci_enable_msix_exact + +int pci_enable_msix_exact(struct pci_dev *dev, + struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec) + +This variation on pci_enable_msix_range() call allows a device driver to +request exactly 'nvec' MSI-Xs. + +If this function returns a negative number, it indicates an error and +the driver should not attempt to allocate any more MSI-X interrupts for +this device. + +By contrast with pci_enable_msix_range() function, pci_enable_msix_exact() +returns zero in case of success, which indicates MSI-X interrupts have been +successfully allocated. + +Another version of a routine that enables MSI-X mode for a device with +specific requirements described in chapter 4.3.1.3 might look like this: + +/* + * Assume 'minvec' and 'maxvec' are non-zero + */ +static int foo_driver_enable_msix(struct foo_adapter *adapter, + int minvec, int maxvec) +{ + int rc; + + minvec = roundup_pow_of_two(minvec); + maxvec = rounddown_pow_of_two(maxvec); + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ERANGE; + +retry: + rc = pci_enable_msix_exact(adapter->pdev, + adapter->msix_entries, maxvec); + + /* + * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed + */ + if (rc == -ENOSPC) { + if (maxvec == 1) + return -ENOSPC; + + maxvec /= 2; + + if (minvec > maxvec) + return -ENOSPC; + + goto retry; + } else if (rc < 0) { + return rc; + } + + return maxvec; +} + +4.3.3 pci_disable_msix void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev) diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt index 86551cc72e03..2d91ae251982 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt @@ -68,10 +68,6 @@ To disable SR-IOV capability: echo 0 > \ /sys/bus/pci/devices/<DOMAIN:BUS:DEVICE.FUNCTION>/sriov_numvfs -To notify SR-IOV core of Virtual Function Migration: -(a) In the driver: - irqreturn_t pci_sriov_migration(struct pci_dev *dev); - 3.2 Usage example Following piece of code illustrates the usage of the SR-IOV API. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX index 1d7a885761f5..fa57139f50bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ listRCU.txt - Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists lockdep.txt - RCU and lockdep checking +lockdep-splat.txt + - RCU Lockdep splats explained. NMI-RCU.txt - Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers rcubarrier.txt diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index 273e654d7d08..2f0fcb2112d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -31,6 +31,14 @@ has lapsed, so this approach may be used in non-GPL software, if desired. (In contrast, implementation of RCU is permitted only in software licensed under either GPL or LGPL. Sorry!!!) +In 1987, Rashid et al. described lazy TLB-flush [RichardRashid87a]. +At first glance, this has nothing to do with RCU, but nevertheless +this paper helped inspire the update-side batching used in the later +RCU implementation in DYNIX/ptx. In 1988, Barbara Liskov published +a description of Argus that noted that use of out-of-date values can +be tolerated in some situations. Thus, this paper provides some early +theoretical justification for use of stale data. + In 1990, Pugh [Pugh90] noted that explicitly tracking which threads were reading a given data structure permitted deferred free to operate in the presence of non-terminating threads. However, this explicit @@ -41,11 +49,11 @@ providing a fine-grained locking design, however, it would be interesting to see how much of the performance advantage reported in 1990 remains today. -At about this same time, Adams [Adams91] described ``chaotic relaxation'', -where the normal barriers between successive iterations of convergent -numerical algorithms are relaxed, so that iteration $n$ might use -data from iteration $n-1$ or even $n-2$. This introduces error, -which typically slows convergence and thus increases the number of +At about this same time, Andrews [Andrews91textbook] described ``chaotic +relaxation'', where the normal barriers between successive iterations +of convergent numerical algorithms are relaxed, so that iteration $n$ +might use data from iteration $n-1$ or even $n-2$. This introduces +error, which typically slows convergence and thus increases the number of iterations required. However, this increase is sometimes more than made up for by a reduction in the number of expensive barrier operations, which are otherwise required to synchronize the threads at the end @@ -55,7 +63,8 @@ is thus inapplicable to most data structures in operating-system kernels. In 1992, Henry (now Alexia) Massalin completed a dissertation advising parallel programmers to defer processing when feasible to simplify -synchronization. RCU makes extremely heavy use of this advice. +synchronization [HMassalinPhD]. RCU makes extremely heavy use of +this advice. In 1993, Jacobson [Jacobson93] verbally described what is perhaps the simplest deferred-free technique: simply waiting a fixed amount of time @@ -90,27 +99,29 @@ mechanism, which is quite similar to RCU [Gamsa99]. These operating systems made pervasive use of RCU in place of "existence locks", which greatly simplifies locking hierarchies and helps avoid deadlocks. -2001 saw the first RCU presentation involving Linux [McKenney01a] -at OLS. The resulting abundance of RCU patches was presented the -following year [McKenney02a], and use of RCU in dcache was first -described that same year [Linder02a]. +The year 2000 saw an email exchange that would likely have +led to yet another independent invention of something like RCU +[RustyRussell2000a,RustyRussell2000b]. Instead, 2001 saw the first +RCU presentation involving Linux [McKenney01a] at OLS. The resulting +abundance of RCU patches was presented the following year [McKenney02a], +and use of RCU in dcache was first described that same year [Linder02a]. Also in 2002, Michael [Michael02b,Michael02a] presented "hazard-pointer" techniques that defer the destruction of data structures to simplify non-blocking synchronization (wait-free synchronization, lock-free synchronization, and obstruction-free synchronization are all examples of -non-blocking synchronization). In particular, this technique eliminates -locking, reduces contention, reduces memory latency for readers, and -parallelizes pipeline stalls and memory latency for writers. However, -these techniques still impose significant read-side overhead in the -form of memory barriers. Researchers at Sun worked along similar lines -in the same timeframe [HerlihyLM02]. These techniques can be thought -of as inside-out reference counts, where the count is represented by the -number of hazard pointers referencing a given data structure rather than -the more conventional counter field within the data structure itself. -The key advantage of inside-out reference counts is that they can be -stored in immortal variables, thus allowing races between access and -deletion to be avoided. +non-blocking synchronization). The corresponding journal article appeared +in 2004 [MagedMichael04a]. This technique eliminates locking, reduces +contention, reduces memory latency for readers, and parallelizes pipeline +stalls and memory latency for writers. However, these techniques still +impose significant read-side overhead in the form of memory barriers. +Researchers at Sun worked along similar lines in the same timeframe +[HerlihyLM02]. These techniques can be thought of as inside-out reference +counts, where the count is represented by the number of hazard pointers +referencing a given data structure rather than the more conventional +counter field within the data structure itself. The key advantage +of inside-out reference counts is that they can be stored in immortal +variables, thus allowing races between access and deletion to be avoided. By the same token, RCU can be thought of as a "bulk reference count", where some form of reference counter covers all reference by a given CPU @@ -123,8 +134,10 @@ can be thought of in other terms as well. In 2003, the K42 group described how RCU could be used to create hot-pluggable implementations of operating-system functions [Appavoo03a]. -Later that year saw a paper describing an RCU implementation of System -V IPC [Arcangeli03], and an introduction to RCU in Linux Journal +Later that year saw a paper describing an RCU implementation +of System V IPC [Arcangeli03] (following up on a suggestion by +Hugh Dickins [Dickins02a] and an implementation by Mingming Cao +[MingmingCao2002IPCRCU]), and an introduction to RCU in Linux Journal [McKenney03a]. 2004 has seen a Linux-Journal article on use of RCU in dcache @@ -383,6 +396,21 @@ for Programming Languages and Operating Systems}" } } +@phdthesis{HMassalinPhD +,author="H. Massalin" +,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating +System Services" +,school="Columbia University" +,address="New York, NY" +,year="1992" +,annotation={ + Mondo optimizing compiler. + Wait-free stuff. + Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. See page 90 + (PDF page 106), Section 5.4, fourth bullet point. +} +} + @unpublished{Jacobson93 ,author="Van Jacobson" ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" @@ -671,6 +699,20 @@ Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" [Viewed October 18, 2004]" } +@conference{Michael02b +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="High Performance Dynamic Lock-Free Hash Tables and List-Based Sets" +,Year="2002" +,Month="August" +,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 14\textsuperscript{th} Annual ACM +Symposium on Parallel +Algorithms and Architecture}" +,pages="73-82" +,annotation={ +Like the title says... +} +} + @Conference{Linder02a ,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" @@ -727,6 +769,24 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" } } +@conference{Michael02a +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="Safe Memory Reclamation for Dynamic Lock-Free Objects Using Atomic +Reads and Writes" +,Year="2002" +,Month="August" +,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 21\textsuperscript{st} Annual ACM +Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}" +,pages="21-30" +,annotation={ + Each thread keeps an array of pointers to items that it is + currently referencing. Sort of an inside-out garbage collection + mechanism, but one that requires the accessing code to explicitly + state its needs. Also requires read-side memory barriers on + most architectures. +} +} + @unpublished{Dickins02a ,author="Hugh Dickins" ,title="Use RCU for System-V IPC" @@ -735,6 +795,17 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" ,note="private communication" } +@InProceedings{HerlihyLM02 +,author={Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir} +,title="The Repeat Offender Problem: A Mechanism for Supporting Dynamic-Sized, +Lock-Free Data Structures" +,booktitle={Proceedings of 16\textsuperscript{th} International +Symposium on Distributed Computing} +,year=2002 +,month="October" +,pages="339-353" +} + @unpublished{Sarma02b ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" ,Title="Some dcache\_rcu benchmark numbers" @@ -749,6 +820,19 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" } } +@unpublished{MingmingCao2002IPCRCU +,Author="Mingming Cao" +,Title="[PATCH]updated ipc lock patch" +,month="October" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2002/10/24/262} +[Viewed February 15, 2014]" +,annotation={ + Mingming Cao's patch to introduce RCU to SysV IPC. +} +} + @unpublished{LinusTorvalds2003a ,Author="Linus Torvalds" ,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} small fixes in brlock.h" @@ -982,6 +1066,23 @@ Realtime Applications" } } +@article{MagedMichael04a +,author="Maged M. Michael" +,title="Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects" +,Year="2004" +,Month="June" +,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" +,volume="15" +,number="6" +,pages="491-504" +,url="Available: +\url{http://www.research.ibm.com/people/m/michael/ieeetpds-2004.pdf} +[Viewed March 1, 2005]" +,annotation={ + New canonical hazard-pointer citation. +} +} + @phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD ,author="Paul E. McKenney" ,title="Exploiting Deferred Destruction: diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt index 91266193b8f4..9d10d1db16a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt @@ -256,10 +256,10 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! variations on this theme. b. Limiting update rate. For example, if updates occur only - once per hour, then no explicit rate limiting is required, - unless your system is already badly broken. The dcache - subsystem takes this approach -- updates are guarded - by a global lock, limiting their rate. + once per hour, then no explicit rate limiting is + required, unless your system is already badly broken. + Older versions of the dcache subsystem take this approach, + guarding updates with a global lock, limiting their rate. c. Trusted update -- if updates can only be done manually by superuser or some other trusted user, then it might not @@ -268,7 +268,8 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! the machine. d. Use call_rcu_bh() rather than call_rcu(), in order to take - advantage of call_rcu_bh()'s faster grace periods. + advantage of call_rcu_bh()'s faster grace periods. (This + is only a partial solution, though.) e. Periodically invoke synchronize_rcu(), permitting a limited number of updates per grace period. @@ -276,6 +277,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! The same cautions apply to call_rcu_bh(), call_rcu_sched(), call_srcu(), and kfree_rcu(). + Note that although these primitives do take action to avoid memory + exhaustion when any given CPU has too many callbacks, a determined + user could still exhaust memory. This is especially the case + if a system with a large number of CPUs has been configured to + offload all of its RCU callbacks onto a single CPU, or if the + system has relatively little free memory. + 9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(), must be either within an RCU read-side diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX index 36420e116c90..a94090cc785d 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ Booting - requirements for booting Interrupts - ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation +IXP4xx + - Intel IXP4xx Network processor. msm - MSM specific documentation Netwinder @@ -24,8 +26,16 @@ SPEAr - ST SPEAr platform Linux Overview VFP/ - Release notes for Linux Kernel Vector Floating Point support code +cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt + - Algorithm for CPU and Cluster setup/teardown empeg/ - Ltd's Empeg MP3 Car Audio Player +firmware.txt + - Secure firmware registration and calling. +kernel_mode_neon.txt + - How to use NEON instructions in kernel mode +kernel_user_helpers.txt + - Helper functions in kernel space made available for userspace. mem_alignment - alignment abort handler documentation memory.txt @@ -34,3 +44,7 @@ nwfpe/ - NWFPE floating point emulator documentation swp_emulation - SWP/SWPB emulation handler/logging description +tcm.txt + - ARM Tightly Coupled Memory +vlocks.txt + - Voting locks, low-level mechanism relying on memory system atomic writes. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt index 5e054bfe4dde..85e24c4f215c 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt @@ -35,11 +35,13 @@ ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap] -ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device +ffffffbffa000000 ffffffbffaffffff 16MB PCI I/O space + +ffffffbffb000000 ffffffbffbbfffff 12MB [guard] -ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O space +ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device -ffffffbffbe10000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [guard] +ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbffffff 2MB [guard] ffffffbffc000000 ffffffbfffffffff 64MB modules @@ -60,11 +62,13 @@ fffffdfc00000000 fffffdfdffffffff 8GB vmemmap fffffdfe00000000 fffffdfffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap] -fffffdfffbc00000 fffffdfffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device +fffffdfffa000000 fffffdfffaffffff 16MB PCI I/O space + +fffffdfffb000000 fffffdfffbbfffff 12MB [guard] -fffffdfffbe00000 fffffdfffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O space +fffffdfffbc00000 fffffdfffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk device -fffffdfffbe10000 fffffdfffbffffff ~2MB [guard] +fffffdfffbe00000 fffffdfffbffffff 2MB [guard] fffffdfffc000000 fffffdffffffffff 64MB modules diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX index 2df0365f2dff..c54fcdd4ae9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ 00-INDEX - This file - +Makefile + - Makefile for gptimers example file. bfin-gpio-notes.txt - Notes in developing/using bfin-gpio driver. - bfin-spi-notes.txt - Notes for using bfin spi bus driver. +gptimers-example.c + - gptimers example diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX index 929d9904f74b..e840b47613f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ deadline-iosched.txt - Deadline IO scheduler tunables ioprio.txt - Block io priorities (in CFQ scheduler) +null_blk.txt + - Null block for block-layer benchmarking. queue-sysfs.txt - Queue's sysfs entries request.txt diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/drbd/data-structure-v9.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/drbd/data-structure-v9.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e52a0e32624 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/drbd/data-structure-v9.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +This describes the in kernel data structure for DRBD-9. Starting with +Linux v3.14 we are reorganizing DRBD to use this data structure. + +Basic Data Structure +==================== + +A node has a number of DRBD resources. Each such resource has a number of +devices (aka volumes) and connections to other nodes ("peer nodes"). Each DRBD +device is represented by a block device locally. + +The DRBD objects are interconnected to form a matrix as depicted below; a +drbd_peer_device object sits at each intersection between a drbd_device and a +drbd_connection: + + /--------------+---------------+.....+---------------\ + | resource | device | | device | + +--------------+---------------+.....+---------------+ + | connection | peer_device | | peer_device | + +--------------+---------------+.....+---------------+ + : : : : : + : : : : : + +--------------+---------------+.....+---------------+ + | connection | peer_device | | peer_device | + \--------------+---------------+.....+---------------/ + +In this table, horizontally, devices can be accessed from resources by their +volume number. Likewise, peer_devices can be accessed from connections by +their volume number. Objects in the vertical direction are connected by double +linked lists. There are back pointers from peer_devices to their connections a +devices, and from connections and devices to their resource. + +All resources are in the drbd_resources double-linked list. In addition, all +devices can be accessed by their minor device number via the drbd_devices idr. + +The drbd_resource, drbd_connection, and drbd_device objects are reference +counted. The peer_device objects only serve to establish the links between +devices and connections; their lifetime is determined by the lifetime of the +device and connection which they reference. diff --git a/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c b/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c index adcca0368d60..d12cc944b696 100644 --- a/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c +++ b/Documentation/connector/cn_test.c @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ static void cn_test_timer_func(unsigned long __data) memcpy(m + 1, data, m->len); - cn_netlink_send(m, 0, GFP_ATOMIC); + cn_netlink_send(m, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC); kfree(m); } diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt index ce0666e51036..0060d76b445f 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt @@ -92,7 +92,3 @@ values: cpu - number of the affected CPU old - old frequency new - new frequency - -If the cpufreq core detects the frequency has changed while the system -was suspended, these notifiers are called with CPUFREQ_RESUMECHANGE as -second argument. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt index 8b1a4451422e..48da5fdcb9f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt @@ -61,7 +61,13 @@ target_index - See below on the differences. And optionally -cpufreq_driver.exit - A pointer to a per-CPU cleanup function. +cpufreq_driver.exit - A pointer to a per-CPU cleanup + function called during CPU_POST_DEAD + phase of cpu hotplug process. + +cpufreq_driver.stop_cpu - A pointer to a per-CPU stop function + called during CPU_DOWN_PREPARE phase of + cpu hotplug process. cpufreq_driver.resume - A pointer to a per-CPU resume function which is called with interrupts disabled diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt index e6b72d355151..68c0f517c60e 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt @@ -124,12 +124,11 @@ the default being 204800 sectors (or 100MB). Updating on-disk metadata ------------------------- -On-disk metadata is committed every time a REQ_SYNC or REQ_FUA bio is -written. If no such requests are made then commits will occur every -second. This means the cache behaves like a physical disk that has a -write cache (the same is true of the thin-provisioning target). If -power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata should -always be consistent in spite of any crash. +On-disk metadata is committed every time a FLUSH or FUA bio is written. +If no such requests are made then commits will occur every second. This +means the cache behaves like a physical disk that has a volatile write +cache. If power is lost you may lose some recent writes. The metadata +should always be consistent in spite of any crash. The 'dirty' state for a cache block changes far too frequently for us to keep updating it on the fly. So we treat it as a hint. In normal diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 8a7a3d46e0da..05a27e9442bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt @@ -116,6 +116,35 @@ Resuming a device with a new table itself triggers an event so the userspace daemon can use this to detect a situation where a new table already exceeds the threshold. +A low water mark for the metadata device is maintained in the kernel and +will trigger a dm event if free space on the metadata device drops below +it. + +Updating on-disk metadata +------------------------- + +On-disk metadata is committed every time a FLUSH or FUA bio is written. +If no such requests are made then commits will occur every second. This +means the thin-provisioning target behaves like a physical disk that has +a volatile write cache. If power is lost you may lose some recent +writes. The metadata should always be consistent in spite of any crash. + +If data space is exhausted the pool will either error or queue IO +according to the configuration (see: error_if_no_space). If metadata +space is exhausted or a metadata operation fails: the pool will error IO +until the pool is taken offline and repair is performed to 1) fix any +potential inconsistencies and 2) clear the flag that imposes repair. +Once the pool's metadata device is repaired it may be resized, which +will allow the pool to return to normal operation. Note that if a pool +is flagged as needing repair, the pool's data and metadata devices +cannot be resized until repair is performed. It should also be noted +that when the pool's metadata space is exhausted the current metadata +transaction is aborted. Given that the pool will cache IO whose +completion may have already been acknowledged to upper IO layers +(e.g. filesystem) it is strongly suggested that consistency checks +(e.g. fsck) be performed on those layers when repair of the pool is +required. + Thin provisioning ----------------- @@ -258,10 +287,9 @@ ii) Status should register for the event and then check the target's status. held metadata root: - The location, in sectors, of the metadata root that has been + The location, in blocks, of the metadata root that has been 'held' for userspace read access. '-' indicates there is no - held root. This feature is not yet implemented so '-' is - always returned. + held root. discard_passdown|no_discard_passdown Whether or not discards are actually being passed down to the diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt index 10378cc48374..087d2122b204 100644 --- a/Documentation/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devices.txt @@ -410,6 +410,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 194 = /dev/zkshim Zero-Knowledge network shim control 195 = /dev/elographics/e2201 Elographics touchscreen E271-2201 196 = /dev/vfio/vfio VFIO userspace driver interface + 197 = /dev/pxa3xx-gcu PXA3xx graphics controller unit driver 198 = /dev/sexec Signed executable interface 199 = /dev/scanners/cuecat :CueCat barcode scanner 200 = /dev/net/tun TAP/TUN network device @@ -451,6 +452,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 236 = /dev/mapper/control Device-Mapper control device 237 = /dev/loop-control Loopback control device 238 = /dev/vhost-net Host kernel accelerator for virtio net + 239 = /dev/uhid User-space I/O driver support for HID subsystem 240-254 Reserved for local use 255 Reserved for MISC_DYNAMIC_MINOR diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX index b78f691fd847..8c4102c6a5e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/00-INDEX @@ -8,3 +8,5 @@ https://lists.ozlabs.org/listinfo/devicetree-discuss - this file booting-without-of.txt - Booting Linux without Open Firmware, describes history and format of device trees. +usage-model.txt + - How Linux uses DT and what DT aims to solve.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt index d74091a8a3bf..5fc03134a999 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Marvell Armada 370 and Armada XP Interrupt Controller +Marvell Armada 370, 375, 38x, XP Interrupt Controller ----------------------------------------------------- Required properties: @@ -16,7 +16,13 @@ Required properties: automatically map to the interrupt controller registers of the current CPU) +Optional properties: +- interrupts: If defined, then it indicates that this MPIC is + connected as a slave to another interrupt controller. This is + typically the case on Armada 375 and Armada 38x, where the MPIC is + connected as a slave to the Cortex-A9 GIC. The provided interrupt + indicate to which GIC interrupt the MPIC output is connected. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt index d1061469f63d..9a1175b46f49 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt @@ -5,6 +5,9 @@ Required properties: <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9g45" or "at91sam9x5" - reg: Should contain ADC registers location and length - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the ADC + - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk". + - clocks: phandles to input clocks. - atmel,adc-channels-used: Bitmask of the channels muxed and enable for this device - atmel,adc-startup-time: Startup Time of the ADC in microseconds as @@ -44,6 +47,8 @@ adc0: adc@fffb0000 { compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-adc"; reg = <0xfffb0000 0x100>; interrupts = <20 4>; + clocks = <&adc_clk>, <&adc_op_clk>; + clock-names = "adc_clk", "adc_op_clk"; atmel,adc-channel-base = <0x30>; atmel,adc-channels-used = <0xff>; atmel,adc-drdy-mask = <0x10000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aaaf64c56e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Marvell Dove Platforms Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------------------- + +Boards with a Marvell Dove SoC shall have the following properties: + +Required root node property: +- compatible: must contain "marvell,dove"; + +* Global Configuration registers + +Global Configuration registers of Dove SoC are shared by a syscon node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must contain "marvell,dove-global-config" and "syscon". +- reg: base address and size of the Global Configuration registers. + +Example: + +gconf: global-config@e802c { + compatible = "marvell,dove-global-config", "syscon"; + reg = <0xe802c 0x14>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index 34dc40cffdfd..af9b4a0d902b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Boards: compatible = "ti,omap3-beagle", "ti,omap3" - OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board - compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3" + compatible = "gumstix,omap3-overo-tobi", "gumstix,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3" - OMAP4 SDP : Software Development Board compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index 89de1564950c..48b285ffa3a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -4,17 +4,33 @@ SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. Each SATA controller should have its own node. Required properties: -- compatible : compatible list, contains "snps,spear-ahci" +- compatible : compatible list, one of "snps,spear-ahci", + "snps,exynos5440-ahci", "ibm,476gtr-ahci", + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahci", "fsl,imx53-ahci" + "fsl,imx6q-ahci" or "snps,dwc-ahci" - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> - reg : <registers mapping> Optional properties: - dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent +- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs +- target-supply : regulator for SATA target power -Example: +"fsl,imx53-ahci", "fsl,imx6q-ahci" required properties: +- clocks : must contain the sata, sata_ref and ahb clocks +- clock-names : must contain "ahb" for the ahb clock + +Examples: sata@ffe08000 { compatible = "snps,spear-ahci"; reg = <0xffe08000 0x1000>; interrupts = <115>; - }; + + ahci: sata@01c18000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahci"; + reg = <0x01c18000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <56>; + clocks = <&pll6 0>, <&ahb_gates 25>; + target-supply = <®_ahci_5v>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7bcfbf59810e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/apm-xgene.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +* APM X-Gene 6.0 Gb/s SATA host controller nodes + +SATA host controller nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA +controllers. Each SATA controller (pair of ports) have its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Shall contain: + * "apm,xgene-ahci" +- reg : First memory resource shall be the AHCI memory + resource. + Second memory resource shall be the host controller + core memory resource. + Third memory resource shall be the host controller + diagnostic memory resource. + 4th memory resource shall be the host controller + AXI memory resource. + 5th optional memory resource shall be the host + controller MUX memory resource if required. +- interrupts : Interrupt-specifier for SATA host controller IRQ. +- clocks : Reference to the clock entry. +- phys : A list of phandles + phy-specifiers, one for each + entry in phy-names. +- phy-names : Should contain: + * "sata-phy" for the SATA 6.0Gbps PHY + +Optional properties: +- status : Shall be "ok" if enabled or "disabled" if disabled. + Default is "ok". + +Example: + sataclk: sataclk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-frequency = <100000000>; + clock-output-names = "sataclk"; + }; + + phy2: phy@1f22a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-phy"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f22a000 0x0 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + + phy3: phy@1f23a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-phy"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f23a000 0x0 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + + sata2: sata@1a400000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-ahci"; + reg = <0x0 0x1a400000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f220000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f22d000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f22e000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f227000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x87 0x4>; + status = "ok"; + clocks = <&sataclk 0>; + phys = <&phy2 0>; + phy-names = "sata-phy"; + }; + + sata3: sata@1a800000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-ahci-pcie"; + reg = <0x0 0x1a800000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f230000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f23d000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f23e000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x1f237000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x88 0x4>; + status = "ok"; + clocks = <&sataclk 0>; + phys = <&phy3 0>; + phy-names = "sata-phy"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt index a6a352c2771e..5992dceec7af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Required Properties: must appear in the same order as the output clocks. - #clock-cells: Must be 1 - clock-output-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings - - renesas,indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31) + - renesas,clock-indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31) -The clocks, clock-output-names and renesas,indices properties contain one +The clocks, clock-output-names and renesas,clock-indices properties contain one entry per gate clock. The MSTP groups are sparsely populated. Unimplemented gate clocks must not be declared. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt index 68b83ecc3850..ee9be9961524 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt @@ -1,12 +1,16 @@ * Freescale Smart Direct Memory Access (SDMA) Controller for i.MX Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx31-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to1-sdma", - "fsl,imx31-to2-sdma", "fsl,imx35-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to1-sdma", - "fsl,imx35-to2-sdma", "fsl,imx51-sdma", "fsl,imx53-sdma" or - "fsl,imx6q-sdma". The -to variants should be preferred since they - allow to determnine the correct ROM script addresses needed for - the driver to work without additional firmware. +- compatible : Should be one of + "fsl,imx25-sdma" + "fsl,imx31-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to1-sdma", "fsl,imx31-to2-sdma" + "fsl,imx35-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to1-sdma", "fsl,imx35-to2-sdma" + "fsl,imx51-sdma" + "fsl,imx53-sdma" + "fsl,imx6q-sdma" + The -to variants should be preferred since they allow to determnine the + correct ROM script addresses needed for the driver to work without additional + firmware. - reg : Should contain SDMA registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain SDMA interrupt - #dma-cells : Must be <3>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1a69c078adf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Common bindings for device graphs + +General concept +--------------- + +The hierarchical organisation of the device tree is well suited to describe +control flow to devices, but there can be more complex connections between +devices that work together to form a logical compound device, following an +arbitrarily complex graph. +There already is a simple directed graph between devices tree nodes using +phandle properties pointing to other nodes to describe connections that +can not be inferred from device tree parent-child relationships. The device +tree graph bindings described herein abstract more complex devices that can +have multiple specifiable ports, each of which can be linked to one or more +ports of other devices. + +These common bindings do not contain any information about the direction or +type of the connections, they just map their existence. Specific properties +may be described by specialized bindings depending on the type of connection. + +To see how this binding applies to video pipelines, for example, see +Documentation/device-tree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. +Here the ports describe data interfaces, and the links between them are +the connecting data buses. A single port with multiple connections can +correspond to multiple devices being connected to the same physical bus. + +Organisation of ports and endpoints +----------------------------------- + +Ports are described by child 'port' nodes contained in the device node. +Each port node contains an 'endpoint' subnode for each remote device port +connected to this port. If a single port is connected to more than one +remote device, an 'endpoint' child node must be provided for each link. +If more than one port is present in a device node or there is more than one +endpoint at a port, or a port node needs to be associated with a selected +hardware interface, a common scheme using '#address-cells', '#size-cells' +and 'reg' properties is used number the nodes. + +device { + ... + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + ... + }; + endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + ... + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + endpoint { ... }; + }; +}; + +All 'port' nodes can be grouped under an optional 'ports' node, which +allows to specify #address-cells, #size-cells properties for the 'port' +nodes independently from any other child device nodes a device might +have. + +device { + ... + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + ... + endpoint@0 { ... }; + endpoint@1 { ... }; + }; + + port@1 { ... }; + }; +}; + +Links between endpoints +----------------------- + +Each endpoint should contain a 'remote-endpoint' phandle property that points +to the corresponding endpoint in the port of the remote device. In turn, the +remote endpoint should contain a 'remote-endpoint' property. If it has one, +it must not point to another than the local endpoint. Two endpoints with their +'remote-endpoint' phandles pointing at each other form a link between the +containing ports. + +device-1 { + port { + device_1_output: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&device_2_input>; + }; + }; +}; + +device-2 { + port { + device_2_input: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&device_1_output>; + }; + }; +}; + + +Required properties +------------------- + +If there is more than one 'port' or more than one 'endpoint' node or 'reg' +property is present in port and/or endpoint nodes the following properties +are required in a relevant parent node: + + - #address-cells : number of cells required to define port/endpoint + identifier, should be 1. + - #size-cells : should be zero. + +Optional endpoint properties +---------------------------- + +- remote-endpoint: phandle to an 'endpoint' subnode of a remote device node. + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index 1a1ac2e560e9..f47e56bcf78d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ atmel,24c02 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,at97sc3204t i2c trusted platform module (TPM) capella,cm32181 CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor catalyst,24c32 i2c serial eeprom +cirrus,cs42l51 Cirrus Logic CS42L51 audio codec dallas,ds1307 64 x 8, Serial, I2C Real-Time Clock dallas,ds1338 I2C RTC with 56-Byte NV RAM dallas,ds1339 I2C Serial Real-Time Clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dcebff1928e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/vf610-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Freescale vf610 Analog to Digital Converter bindings + +The devicetree bindings are for the new ADC driver written for +vf610/i.MX6slx and upward SoCs from Freescale. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "fsl,vf610-adc" +- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain the interrupt for the device +- clocks: The clock is needed by the ADC controller, ADC clock source is ipg clock. +- clock-names: Must contain "adc", matching entry in the clocks property. +- vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC refrence voltage. + +Example: +adc0: adc@4003b000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-adc"; + reg = <0x4003b000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 53 0x04>; + clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_ADC0>; + clock-names = "adc"; + vref-supply = <®_vcc_3v3_mcu>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d9ee909d2b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +Xilinx XADC device driver + +This binding document describes the bindings for both of them since the +bindings are very similar. The Xilinx XADC is a ADC that can be found in the +series 7 FPGAs from Xilinx. The XADC has a DRP interface for communication. +Currently two different frontends for the DRP interface exist. One that is only +available on the ZYNQ family as a hardmacro in the SoC portion of the ZYNQ. The +other one is available on all series 7 platforms and is a softmacro with a AXI +interface. This binding document describes the bindings for both of them since +the bindings are very similar. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of + * "xlnx,zynq-xadc-1.00.a": When using the ZYNQ device + configuration interface to interface to the XADC hardmacro. + * "xlnx,axi-xadc-1.00.a": When using the axi-xadc pcore to + interface to the XADC hardmacro. + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Interrupt for the XADC control interface. + - clocks: When using the ZYNQ this must be the ZYNQ PCAP clock, + when using the AXI-XADC pcore this must be the clock that provides the + clock to the AXI bus interface of the core. + +Optional properties: + - interrupt-parent: phandle to the parent interrupt controller + - xlnx,external-mux: + * "none": No external multiplexer is used, this is the default + if the property is omitted. + * "single": External multiplexer mode is used with one + multiplexer. + * "dual": External multiplexer mode is used with two + multiplexers for simultaneous sampling. + - xlnx,external-mux-channel: Configures which pair of pins is used to + sample data in external mux mode. + Valid values for single external multiplexer mode are: + 0: VP/VN + 1: VAUXP[0]/VAUXN[0] + 2: VAUXP[1]/VAUXN[1] + ... + 16: VAUXP[15]/VAUXN[15] + Valid values for dual external multiplexer mode are: + 1: VAUXP[0]/VAUXN[0] - VAUXP[8]/VAUXN[8] + 2: VAUXP[1]/VAUXN[1] - VAUXP[9]/VAUXN[9] + ... + 8: VAUXP[7]/VAUXN[7] - VAUXP[15]/VAUXN[15] + + This property needs to be present if the device is configured for + external multiplexer mode (either single or dual). If the device is + not using external multiplexer mode the property is ignored. + - xnlx,channels: List of external channels that are connected to the ADC + Required properties: + * #address-cells: Should be 1. + * #size-cells: Should be 0. + + The child nodes of this node represent the external channels which are + connected to the ADC. If the property is no present no external + channels will be assumed to be connected. + + Each child node represents one channel and has the following + properties: + Required properties: + * reg: Pair of pins the the channel is connected to. + 0: VP/VN + 1: VAUXP[0]/VAUXN[0] + 2: VAUXP[1]/VAUXN[1] + ... + 16: VAUXP[15]/VAUXN[15] + Note each channel number should only be used at most + once. + Optional properties: + * xlnx,bipolar: If set the channel is used in bipolar + mode. + + +Examples: + xadc@f8007100 { + compatible = "xlnx,zynq-xadc-1.00.a"; + reg = <0xf8007100 0x20>; + interrupts = <0 7 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + clocks = <&pcap_clk>; + + xlnx,channels { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + channel@0 { + reg = <0>; + }; + channel@1 { + reg = <1>; + }; + channel@8 { + reg = <8>; + }; + }; + }; + + xadc@43200000 { + compatible = "xlnx,axi-xadc-1.00.a"; + reg = <0x43200000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 53 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + clocks = <&fpga1_clk>; + + xlnx,channels { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + channel@0 { + reg = <0>; + xlnx,bipolar; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt index 32cec4b26cd0..b290ca150d30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Allwinner Sunxi Interrupt Controller Required properties: -- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-ic" +- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ic" - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Required properties: Example: intc: interrupt-controller { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-ic"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ic"; reg = <0x01c20400 0x400>; interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun67i-sc-nmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun67i-sc-nmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d1c5cdabc3e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun67i-sc-nmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Allwinner Sunxi NMI Controller +============================== + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi" or + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-sc-nmi" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 2. The first cell is the IRQ number, the + second cell the trigger type as defined in interrupt.txt in this directory. +- interrupt-parent: Specifies the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupts: Specifies the interrupt line (NMI) which is handled by + the interrupt controller in the parent controller's notation. This value + shall be the NMI. + +Example: + +sc-nmi-intc@01c00030 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x01c00030 0x0c>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 0 4>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/ifc.txt index d5e370450ac0..d5e370450ac0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/ifc.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti-aemif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti-aemif.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9592717f483f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti-aemif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +* Device tree bindings for Texas instruments AEMIF controller + +The Async External Memory Interface (EMIF16/AEMIF) controller is intended to +provide a glue-less interface to a variety of asynchronous memory devices like +ASRA M, NOR and NAND memory. A total of 256M bytes of any of these memories +can be accessed at any given time via four chip selects with 64M byte access +per chip select. Synchronous memories such as DDR1 SD RAM, SDR SDRAM +and Mobile SDR are not supported. + +Documentation: +Davinci DM646x - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprueq7c/sprueq7c.pdf +OMAP-L138 (DA850) - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruh77a/spruh77a.pdf +Kestone - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugz3a/sprugz3a.pdf + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "ti,davinci-aemif" + "ti,keystone-aemif" + "ti,da850-aemif" + +- reg: contains offset/length value for AEMIF control registers + space. + +- #address-cells: Must be 2. The partition number has to be encoded in the + first address cell and it may accept values 0..N-1 + (N - total number of partitions). It's recommended to + assign N-1 number for the control partition. The second + cell is the offset into the partition. + +- #size-cells: Must be set to 1. + +- ranges: Contains memory regions. There are two types of + ranges/partitions: + - CS-specific partition/range. If continuous, must be + set up to reflect the memory layout for 4 chipselects, + if not then additional range/partition can be added and + child device can select the proper one. + - control partition which is common for all CS + interfaces. + +- clocks: the clock feeding the controller clock. Required only + if clock tree data present in device tree. + See clock-bindings.txt + +- clock-names: clock name. It has to be "aemif". Required only if clock + tree data present in device tree, in another case don't + use it. + See clock-bindings.txt + +- clock-ranges: Empty property indicating that child nodes can inherit + named clocks. Required only if clock tree data present + in device tree. + See clock-bindings.txt + + +Child chip-select (cs) nodes contain the memory devices nodes connected to +such as NOR (e.g. cfi-flash) and NAND (ti,davinci-nand, see davinci-nand.txt). +There might be board specific devices like FPGAs. + +Required child cs node properties: + +- #address-cells: Must be 2. + +- #size-cells: Must be 1. + +- ranges: Empty property indicating that child nodes can inherit + memory layout. + +- clock-ranges: Empty property indicating that child nodes can inherit + named clocks. Required only if clock tree data present + in device tree. + +- ti,cs-chipselect: number of chipselect. Indicates on the aemif driver + which chipselect is used for accessing the memory. For + compatibles "ti,davinci-aemif" and "ti,keystone-aemif" + it can be in range [0-3]. For compatible + "ti,da850-aemif" range is [2-5]. + +Optional child cs node properties: + +- ti,cs-bus-width: width of the asynchronous device's data bus + 8 or 16 if not preset 8 + +- ti,cs-select-strobe-mode: enable/disable select strobe mode + In select strobe mode chip select behaves as + the strobe and is active only during the strobe + period. If present then enable. + +- ti,cs-extended-wait-mode: enable/disable extended wait mode + if set, the controller monitors the EMIFWAIT pin + mapped to that chip select to determine if the + device wants to extend the strobe period. If + present then enable. + +- ti,cs-min-turnaround-ns: minimum turn around time, ns + Time between the end of one asynchronous memory + access and the start of another asynchronous + memory access. This delay is not incurred + between a read followed by read or a write + followed by a write to same chip select. + +- ti,cs-read-setup-ns: read setup width, ns + Time between the beginning of a memory cycle + and the activation of read strobe. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +- ti,cs-read-strobe-ns: read strobe width, ns + Time between the activation and deactivation of + the read strobe. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +- ti,cs-read-hold-ns: read hold width, ns + Time between the deactivation of the read + strobe and the end of the cycle (which may be + either an address change or the deactivation of + the chip select signal. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +- ti,cs-write-setup-ns: write setup width, ns + Time between the beginning of a memory cycle + and the activation of write strobe. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +- ti,cs-write-strobe-ns: write strobe width, ns + Time between the activation and deactivation of + the write strobe. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +- ti,cs-write-hold-ns: write hold width, ns + Time between the deactivation of the write + strobe and the end of the cycle (which may be + either an address change or the deactivation of + the chip select signal. + Minimum value is 1 (0 treated as 1). + +If any of the above parameters are absent, current parameter value will be taken +from the corresponding HW reg. + +Example for aemif, davinci nand and nor flash chip select shown below. + +memory-controller@21000A00 { + compatible = "ti,davinci-aemif"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&clkaemif 0>; + clock-names = "aemif"; + clock-ranges; + reg = <0x21000A00 0x00000100>; + ranges = <0 0 0x70000000 0x10000000 + 1 0 0x21000A00 0x00000100>; + /* + * Partition0: CS-specific memory range which is + * implemented as continuous physical memory region + * Partition1: control memory range + */ + + nand:cs2 { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + clock-ranges; + ranges; + + ti,cs-chipselect = <2>; + /* all timings in nanoseconds */ + ti,cs-min-turnaround-ns = <0>; + ti,cs-read-hold-ns = <7>; + ti,cs-read-strobe-ns = <42>; + ti,cs-read-setup-ns = <14>; + ti,cs-write-hold-ns = <7>; + ti,cs-write-strobe-ns = <42>; + ti,cs-write-setup-ns = <14>; + + nand@0,0x8000000 { + compatible = "ti,davinci-nand"; + reg = <0 0x8000000 0x4000000 + 1 0x0000000 0x0000100>; + /* + * Partition0, offset 0x8000000, size 0x4000000 + * Partition1, offset 0x0000000, size 0x0000100 + */ + + .. see davinci-nand.txt + }; + }; + + nor:cs0 { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + clock-ranges; + ranges; + + ti,cs-chipselect = <0>; + /* all timings in nanoseconds */ + ti,cs-min-turnaround-ns = <0>; + ti,cs-read-hold-ns = <8>; + ti,cs-read-strobe-ns = <40>; + ti,cs-read-setup-ns = <14>; + ti,cs-write-hold-ns = <7>; + ti,cs-write-strobe-ns = <40>; + ti,cs-write-setup-ns = <14>; + ti,cs-bus-width = <16>; + + flash@0,0x0000000 { + compatible = "cfi-flash"; + reg = <0 0x0000000 0x4000000>; + + ... + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mpa01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mpa01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c13d3d8c3947 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mpa01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + +* Samsung S2MPA01 Voltage and Current Regulator + +The Samsung S2MPA01 is a multi-function device which includes high +efficiency buck converters including Dual-Phase buck converter, various LDOs, +and an RTC. It is interfaced to the host controller using an I2C interface. +Each sub-block is addressed by the host system using different I2C slave +addresses. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "samsung,s2mpa01-pmic". +- reg: Specifies the I2C slave address of the PMIC block. It should be 0x66. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which + the interrupts from s2mpa01 are delivered to. +- interrupts: An interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt generated by the + device. + +Optional nodes: +- regulators: The regulators of s2mpa01 that have to be instantiated should be + included in a sub-node named 'regulators'. Regulator nodes and constraints + included in this sub-node use the standard regulator bindings which are + documented elsewhere. + +Properties for BUCK regulator nodes: +- regulator-ramp-delay: ramp delay in uV/us. May be 6250, 12500 + (default), 25000, or 50000. May be 0 for disabling the ramp delay on + BUCK{1,2,3,4}. + + In the absence of the regulator-ramp-delay property, the default ramp + delay will be used. + + NOTE: Some BUCKs share the ramp rate setting i.e. same ramp value will be set + for a particular group of BUCKs. So provide same regulator-ramp-delay=<value>. + + The following BUCKs share ramp settings: + * 1 and 6 + * 2 and 4 + * 8, 9, and 10 + +The following are the names of the regulators that the s2mpa01 PMIC block +supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number +as per the datasheet of s2mpa01. + + - LDOn + - valid values for n are 1 to 26 + - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO26 + - BUCKn + - valid values for n are 1 to 10. + - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9 + +Example: + + s2mpa01_pmic@66 { + compatible = "samsung,s2mpa01-pmic"; + reg = <0x66>; + + regulators { + ldo1_reg: LDO1 { + regulator-name = "VDD_ALIVE"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1000000>; + }; + + ldo2_reg: LDO2 { + regulator-name = "VDDQ_MMC2"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + buck1_reg: BUCK1 { + regulator-name = "vdd_mif"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + buck2_reg: BUCK2 { + regulator-name = "vdd_arm"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <950000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-ramp-delay = <50000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt index 15ee89c3cc7b..f69bec294f02 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/s2mps11.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -* Samsung S2MPS11 Voltage and Current Regulator +* Samsung S2MPS11 and S2MPS14 Voltage and Current Regulator The Samsung S2MPS11 is a multi-function device which includes voltage and current regulators, RTC, charger controller and other sub-blocks. It is @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ interfaced to the host controller using an I2C interface. Each sub-block is addressed by the host system using different I2C slave addresses. Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "samsung,s2mps11-pmic". +- compatible: Should be "samsung,s2mps11-pmic" or "samsung,s2mps14-pmic". - reg: Specifies the I2C slave address of the pmic block. It should be 0x66. Optional properties: @@ -59,10 +59,14 @@ supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number as per the datasheet of s2mps11. - LDOn - - valid values for n are 1 to 38 + - valid values for n are: + - S2MPS11: 1 to 38 + - S2MPS14: 1 to 25 - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28 - BUCKn - - valid values for n are 1 to 10. + - valid values for n are: + - S2MPS11: 1 to 10 + - S2MPS14: 1 to 5 - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9 Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt index b4bd98af1cc7..38833e63a59f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Required properties: - #interrupt-cells: the number of cells to describe an IRQ, this should be 2. The first cell is the IRQ number. The second cell is the flags, encoded as the trigger masks from - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupts.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt - regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator initialization data for defined regulators. Not all regulators for the given device need to be present. The definition for each of these nodes is defined diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt index 68ba37295565..fabdf64a5737 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ Allwinner sunxi-sid Required properties: -- compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-sid" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-sid". +- compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-sid" - reg: Should contain registers location and length Example for sun4i: sid@01c23800 { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-sid"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-sid"; reg = <0x01c23800 0x10> }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt index 60960b2755f4..efc98ea1f23d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt @@ -17,6 +17,14 @@ Required properties for devices compatible with "atmel,at91sam9g45-ssc": See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/atmel-dma.txt for details. - dma-names: Must be "tx", "rx". +Optional properties: + - atmel,clk-from-rk-pin: bool property. + - When SSC works in slave mode, according to the hardware design, the + clock can get from TK pin, and also can get from RK pin. So, add + this parameter to choose where the clock from. + - By default the clock is from TK pin, if the clock from RK pin, this + property is needed. + Examples: - PDC transfer: ssc0: ssc@fffbc000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt index 4d0a00e453a8..36cbe5aea990 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/sram.txt @@ -8,9 +8,44 @@ Required properties: - reg : SRAM iomem address range +Reserving sram areas: +--------------------- + +Each child of the sram node specifies a region of reserved memory. Each +child node should use a 'reg' property to specify a specific range of +reserved memory. + +Following the generic-names recommended practice, node names should +reflect the purpose of the node. Unit address (@<address>) should be +appended to the name. + +Required properties in the sram node: + +- #address-cells, #size-cells : should use the same values as the root node +- ranges : standard definition, should translate from local addresses + within the sram to bus addresses + +Required properties in the area nodes: + +- reg : iomem address range, relative to the SRAM range + +Optional properties in the area nodes: + +- compatible : standard definition, should contain a vendor specific string + in the form <vendor>,[<device>-]<usage> + Example: sram: sram@5c000000 { compatible = "mmio-sram"; reg = <0x5c000000 0x40000>; /* 256 KiB SRAM at address 0x5c000000 */ + + #adress-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x5c000000 0x40000>; + + smp-sram@100 { + compatible = "socvendor,smp-sram"; + reg = <0x100 0x50>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt index 0a85c70cd30a..07ad02075a93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ Required properties: - #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the slot id. - #size-cells: should be zero. - at least one slot node +- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "mci_clk" +- clocks: phandles to input clocks. The node contains child nodes for each slot that the platform uses @@ -24,6 +27,8 @@ mmc0: mmc@f0008000 { interrupts = <12 4>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + clock-names = "mci_clk"; + clocks = <&mci0_clk>; [ child node definitions...] }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt index b90bfcd138ff..863d5b8155c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-emac.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * Allwinner EMAC ethernet controller Required properties: -- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-emac". +- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac" (Deprecated: + "allwinner,sun4i-emac") - reg: address and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts: interrupt for the device - phy: A phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ Optional properties: Example: emac: ethernet@01c0b000 { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-emac"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-emac"; reg = <0x01c0b000 0x1000>; interrupts = <55>; clocks = <&ahb_gates 17>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt index 00b9f9a3ec1d..4ec56413779d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun4i-mdio.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ * Allwinner A10 MDIO Ethernet Controller interface Required properties: -- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-mdio". +- compatible: should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mdio" + (Deprecated: "allwinner,sun4i-mdio"). - reg: address and length of the register set for the device. Optional properties: @@ -9,7 +10,7 @@ Optional properties: Example at the SoC level: mdio@01c0b080 { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-mdio"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mdio"; reg = <0x01c0b080 0x14>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt index 11ace3c3d805..4fc392763611 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt @@ -7,3 +7,4 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - local-mac-address : Ethernet mac address to use +- vdd-supply: supply for Ethernet mac diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2dc127c30d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/opencores-ethoc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* OpenCores MAC 10/100 Mbps + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "opencores,ethoc". +- reg: two memory regions (address and length), + first region is for the device registers and descriptor rings, + second is for the device packet memory. +- interrupts: interrupt for the device. + +Optional properties: +- clocks: phandle to refer to the clk used as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Examples: + + enet0: ethoc@fd030000 { + compatible = "opencores,ethoc"; + reg = <0xfd030000 0x4000 0xfd800000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <1>; + local-mac-address = [00 50 c2 13 6f 00]; + clocks = <&osc>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3dd3d0bf112f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +STMicroelectronics SoC DWMAC glue layer controller + +The device node has following properties. + +Required properties: + - compatible : Can be "st,stih415-dwmac", "st,stih416-dwmac" or + "st,stid127-dwmac". + - reg : Offset of the glue configuration register map in system + configuration regmap pointed by st,syscon property and size. + + - reg-names : Should be "sti-ethconf". + + - st,syscon : Should be phandle to system configuration node which + encompases this glue registers. + + - st,tx-retime-src: On STi Parts for Giga bit speeds, 125Mhz clocks can be + wired up in from different sources. One via TXCLK pin and other via CLK_125 + pin. This wiring is totally board dependent. However the retiming glue + logic should be configured accordingly. Possible values for this property + + "txclk" - if 125Mhz clock is wired up via txclk line. + "clk_125" - if 125Mhz clock is wired up via clk_125 line. + + This property is only valid for Giga bit setup( GMII, RGMII), and it is + un-used for non-giga bit (MII and RMII) setups. Also note that internal + clockgen can not generate stable 125Mhz clock. + + - st,ext-phyclk: This boolean property indicates who is generating the clock + for tx and rx. This property is only valid for RMII case where the clock can + be generated from the MAC or PHY. + + - clock-names: should be "sti-ethclk". + - clocks: Should point to ethernet clockgen which can generate phyclk. + + +Example: + +ethernet0: dwmac@fe810000 { + device_type = "network"; + compatible = "st,stih416-dwmac", "snps,dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.710"; + reg = <0xfe810000 0x8000>, <0x8bc 0x4>; + reg-names = "stmmaceth", "sti-ethconf"; + interrupts = <0 133 0>, <0 134 0>, <0 135 0>; + interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq", "eth_lpi"; + phy-mode = "mii"; + + st,syscon = <&syscfg_rear>; + + snps,pbl = <32>; + snps,mixed-burst; + + resets = <&softreset STIH416_ETH0_SOFTRESET>; + reset-names = "stmmaceth"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mii0>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + clocks = <&CLK_S_GMAC0_PHY>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/apm-xgene-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/apm-xgene-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f3a65a9dd88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/apm-xgene-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +* APM X-Gene 15Gbps Multi-purpose PHY nodes + +PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip 15Gbps Multi-purpose PHY. Each +PHY (pair of lanes) has its own node. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Shall be "apm,xgene-phy". +- reg : PHY memory resource is the SDS PHY access resource. +- #phy-cells : Shall be 1 as it expects one argument for setting + the mode of the PHY. Possible values are 0 (SATA), + 1 (SGMII), 2 (PCIe), 3 (USB), and 4 (XFI). + +Optional properties: +- status : Shall be "ok" if enabled or "disabled" if disabled. + Default is "ok". +- clocks : Reference to the clock entry. +- apm,tx-eye-tuning : Manual control to fine tune the capture of the serial + bit lines from the automatic calibrated position. + Two set of 3-tuple setting for each (up to 3) + supported link speed on the host. Range from 0 to + 127 in unit of one bit period. Default is 10. +- apm,tx-eye-direction : Eye tuning manual control direction. 0 means sample + data earlier than the nominal sampling point. 1 means + sample data later than the nominal sampling point. + Two set of 3-tuple setting for each (up to 3) + supported link speed on the host. Default is 0. +- apm,tx-boost-gain : Frequency boost AC (LSB 3-bit) and DC (2-bit) + gain control. Two set of 3-tuple setting for each + (up to 3) supported link speed on the host. Range is + between 0 to 31 in unit of dB. Default is 3. +- apm,tx-amplitude : Amplitude control. Two set of 3-tuple setting for + each (up to 3) supported link speed on the host. + Range is between 0 to 199500 in unit of uV. + Default is 199500 uV. +- apm,tx-pre-cursor1 : 1st pre-cursor emphasis taps control. Two set of + 3-tuple setting for each (up to 3) supported link + speed on the host. Range is 0 to 273000 in unit of + uV. Default is 0. +- apm,tx-pre-cursor2 : 2st pre-cursor emphasis taps control. Two set of + 3-tuple setting for each (up to 3) supported link + speed on the host. Range is 0 to 127400 in unit uV. + Default is 0x0. +- apm,tx-post-cursor : Post-cursor emphasis taps control. Two set of + 3-tuple setting for Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3. Range is + between 0 to 0x1f in unit of 18.2mV. Default is 0xf. +- apm,tx-speed : Tx operating speed. One set of 3-tuple for each + supported link speed on the host. + 0 = 1-2Gbps + 1 = 2-4Gbps (1st tuple default) + 2 = 4-8Gbps + 3 = 8-15Gbps (2nd tuple default) + 4 = 2.5-4Gbps + 5 = 4-5Gbps + 6 = 5-6Gbps + 7 = 6-16Gbps (3rd tuple default) + +NOTE: PHY override parameters are board specific setting. + +Example: + phy1: phy@1f21a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-phy"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f21a000 0x0 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + + phy2: phy@1f22a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-phy"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f22a000 0x0 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + status = "ok"; + }; + + phy3: phy@1f23a000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-phy"; + reg = <0x0 0x1f23a000 0x0 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + status = "ok"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index c0fccaa1671e..28f9edb8f19c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -20,3 +20,57 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "samsung,exynos5250-dp-video-phy"; - reg : offset and length of the Display Port PHY register set; - #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 0; + +Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series USB PHY +------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles: + - "samsung,exynos4210-usb2-phy" + - "samsung,exynos4x12-usb2-phy" + - "samsung,exynos5250-usb2-phy" +- reg : a list of registers used by phy driver + - first and obligatory is the location of phy modules registers +- samsung,sysreg-phandle - handle to syscon used to control the system registers +- samsung,pmureg-phandle - handle to syscon used to control PMU registers +- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1; +- clocks and clock-names: + - the "phy" clock is required by the phy module, used as a gate + - the "ref" clock is used to get the rate of the clock provided to the + PHY module + +The first phandle argument in the PHY specifier identifies the PHY, its +meaning is compatible dependent. For the currently supported SoCs (Exynos 4210 +and Exynos 4212) it is as follows: + 0 - USB device ("device"), + 1 - USB host ("host"), + 2 - HSIC0 ("hsic0"), + 3 - HSIC1 ("hsic1"), + +Exynos 4210 and Exynos 4212 use mode switching and require that mode switch +register is supplied. + +Example: + +For Exynos 4412 (compatible with Exynos 4212): + +usbphy: phy@125b0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4x12-usb2-phy"; + reg = <0x125b0000 0x100>; + clocks = <&clock 305>, <&clock 2>; + clock-names = "phy", "ref"; + status = "okay"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + samsung,sysreg-phandle = <&sys_reg>; + samsung,pmureg-phandle = <&pmu_reg>; +}; + +Then the PHY can be used in other nodes such as: + +phy-consumer@12340000 { + phys = <&usbphy 2>; + phy-names = "phy"; +}; + +Refer to DT bindings documentation of particular PHY consumer devices for more +information about required PHYs and the way of specification. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a82361b62015 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Allwinner sun4i USB PHY +----------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of "allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy", + "allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-phy" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-usb-phy" +- reg : a list of offset + length pairs +- reg-names : "phy_ctrl", "pmu1" and for sun4i or sun7i "pmu2" +- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1 +- clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clock +- clock-names : "usb_phy" +- resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs +- reset-names : "usb0_reset", "usb1_reset" and for sun4i or sun7i "usb2_reset" + +Example: + usbphy: phy@0x01c13400 { + #phy-cells = <1>; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy"; + /* phy base regs, phy1 pmu reg, phy2 pmu reg */ + reg = <0x01c13400 0x10 0x01c14800 0x4 0x01c1c800 0x4>; + reg-names = "phy_ctrl", "pmu1", "pmu2"; + clocks = <&usb_clk 8>; + clock-names = "usb_phy"; + resets = <&usb_clk 1>, <&usb_clk 2>; + reset-names = "usb1_reset", "usb2_reset"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..788fb0fa3762 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +TI PHY: DT DOCUMENTATION FOR PHYs in TI PLATFORMs + +OMAP CONTROL PHY + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of + "ti,control-phy-otghs" - if it has otghs_control mailbox register as on OMAP4. + "ti,control-phy-usb2" - if it has Power down bit in control_dev_conf register + e.g. USB2_PHY on OMAP5. + "ti,control-phy-pipe3" - if it has DPLL and individual Rx & Tx power control + e.g. USB3 PHY and SATA PHY on OMAP5. + "ti,control-phy-usb2-dra7" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on + DRA7 platform. + "ti,control-phy-usb2-am437" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on + AM437 platform. + - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains + the address of "otghs_control" for control-phy-otghs or "power" register + for other types. + - reg-names: should be "otghs_control" control-phy-otghs and "power" for + other types. + +omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 { + compatible = "ti,control-phy-otghs"; + reg = <0x4a00233c 0x4>; + reg-names = "otghs_control"; +}; + +OMAP USB2 PHY + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2" + - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. + - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the + phandle while referencing this phy. + +Optional properties: + - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on + the PHY. + +This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. + +usb2phy@4a0ad080 { + compatible = "ti,omap-usb2"; + reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>; + ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; + +TI PIPE3 PHY + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "ti,phy-usb3" or "ti,phy-pipe3-sata". + "ti,omap-usb3" is deprecated. + - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. + - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers + filled in "reg". + - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the + phandle while referencing this phy. + - clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in + clock-names. + - clock-names: should include: + * "wkupclk" - wakeup clock. + * "sysclk" - system clock. + * "refclk" - reference clock. + +Optional properties: + - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on + the PHY. + +This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. + +usb3phy@4a084400 { + compatible = "ti,phy-usb3"; + reg = <0x4a084400 0x80>, + <0x4a084800 0x64>, + <0x4a084c00 0x40>; + reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl"; + ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&usb_phy_cm_clk32k>, + <&sys_clkin>, + <&usb_otg_ss_refclk960m>; + clock-names = "wkupclk", + "sysclk", + "refclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,capri-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt index 9e9e9ef9f852..c119debe6bab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,capri-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Broadcom Capri Pin Controller +Broadcom BCM281xx Pin Controller This is a pin controller for the Broadcom BCM281xx SoC family, which includes BCM11130, BCM11140, BCM11351, BCM28145, and BCM28155 SoCs. @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ BCM11130, BCM11140, BCM11351, BCM28145, and BCM28155 SoCs. Required Properties: -- compatible: Must be "brcm,capri-pinctrl". +- compatible: Must be "brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl" - reg: Base address of the PAD Controller register block and the size of the block. For example, the following is the bare minimum node: pinctrl@35004800 { - compatible = "brcm,capri-pinctrl"; + compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-pinctrl"; reg = <0x35004800 0x430>; }; @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Optional Properties (for HDMI pins): Example: // pin controller node pinctrl@35004800 { - compatible = "brcm,capri-pinctrl"; + compatible = "brcmbcm11351-pinctrl"; reg = <0x35004800 0x430>; // pin configuration node diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt index 01ef408e205f..adda2a8d1d52 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ part and usage. Required properties: - compatible: "marvell,88f6710-pinctrl" +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers Available mpp pins/groups and functions: Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7de0cda4a379 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-375-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +* Marvell Armada 375 SoC pinctrl driver for mpp + +Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding +part and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,88f6720-pinctrl" +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers + +Available mpp pins/groups and functions: +Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given +only for more detailed description in this document. + +name pins functions +================================================================================ +mpp0 0 gpio, dev(ad2), spi0(cs1), spi1(cs1) +mpp1 1 gpio, dev(ad3), spi0(mosi), spi1(mosi) +mpp2 2 gpio, dev(ad4), ptp(eventreq), led(c0), audio(sdi) +mpp3 3 gpio, dev(ad5), ptp(triggen), led(p3), audio(mclk) +mpp4 4 gpio, dev(ad6), spi0(miso), spi1(miso) +mpp5 5 gpio, dev(ad7), spi0(cs2), spi1(cs2) +mpp6 6 gpio, dev(ad0), led(p1), audio(rclk) +mpp7 7 gpio, dev(ad1), ptp(clk), led(p2), audio(extclk) +mpp8 8 gpio, dev (bootcs), spi0(cs0), spi1(cs0) +mpp9 9 gpio, nf(wen), spi0(sck), spi1(sck) +mpp10 10 gpio, nf(ren), dram(vttctrl), led(c1) +mpp11 11 gpio, dev(a0), led(c2), audio(sdo) +mpp12 12 gpio, dev(a1), audio(bclk) +mpp13 13 gpio, dev(readyn), pcie0(rstoutn), pcie1(rstoutn) +mpp14 14 gpio, i2c0(sda), uart1(txd) +mpp15 15 gpio, i2c0(sck), uart1(rxd) +mpp16 16 gpio, uart0(txd) +mpp17 17 gpio, uart0(rxd) +mpp18 18 gpio, tdm(intn) +mpp19 19 gpio, tdm(rstn) +mpp20 20 gpio, tdm(pclk) +mpp21 21 gpio, tdm(fsync) +mpp22 22 gpio, tdm(drx) +mpp23 23 gpio, tdm(dtx) +mpp24 24 gpio, led(p0), ge1(rxd0), sd(cmd), uart0(rts) +mpp25 25 gpio, led(p2), ge1(rxd1), sd(d0), uart0(cts) +mpp26 26 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), ge1(rxd2), sd(d2), uart1(rts) +mpp27 27 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge1(rxd3), sd(d1), uart1(cts) +mpp28 28 gpio, led(p3), ge1(txctl), sd(clk) +mpp29 29 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge1(rxclk), sd(d3) +mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd0), spi1(cs0) +mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd1), spi1(mosi) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txd2), spi1(sck), ptp(triggen) +mpp33 33 gpio, ge1(txd3), spi1(miso) +mpp34 34 gpio, ge1(txclkout), spi1(sck) +mpp35 35 gpio, ge1(rxctl), spi1(cs1), spi0(cs2) +mpp36 36 gpio, pcie0(clkreq) +mpp37 37 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), tdm(intn), ge(mdc) +mpp38 38 gpio, pcie1(clkreq), ge(mdio) +mpp39 39 gpio, ref(clkout) +mpp40 40 gpio, uart1(txd) +mpp41 41 gpio, uart1(rxd) +mpp42 42 gpio, spi1(cs2), led(c0) +mpp43 43 gpio, sata0(prsnt), dram(vttctrl) +mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt) +mpp45 45 gpio, spi0(cs2), pcie0(rstoutn) +mpp46 46 gpio, led(p0), ge0(txd0), ge1(txd0) +mpp47 47 gpio, led(p1), ge0(txd1), ge1(txd1) +mpp48 48 gpio, led(p2), ge0(txd2), ge1(txd2) +mpp49 49 gpio, led(p3), ge0(txd3), ge1(txd3) +mpp50 50 gpio, led(c0), ge0(rxd0), ge1(rxd0) +mpp51 51 gpio, led(c1), ge0(rxd1), ge1(rxd1) +mpp52 52 gpio, led(c2), ge0(rxd2), ge1(rxd2) +mpp53 53 gpio, pcie1(rstoutn), ge0(rxd3), ge1(rxd3) +mpp54 54 gpio, pcie0(rstoutn), ge0(rxctl), ge1(rxctl) +mpp55 55 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ge1(rxclk) +mpp56 56 gpio, ge0(txclkout), ge1(txclkout) +mpp57 57 gpio, ge0(txctl), ge1(txctl) +mpp58 58 gpio, led(c0) +mpp59 59 gpio, led(c1) +mpp60 60 gpio, uart1(txd), led(c2) +mpp61 61 gpio, i2c1(sda), uart1(rxd), spi1(cs2), led(p0) +mpp62 62 gpio, i2c1(sck), led(p1) +mpp63 63 gpio, ptp(triggen), led(p2) +mpp64 64 gpio, dram(vttctrl), led(p3) +mpp65 65 gpio, sata1(prsnt) +mpp66 66 gpio, ptp(eventreq), spi1(cs3) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b17c96849fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-38x-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +* Marvell Armada 380/385 SoC pinctrl driver for mpp + +Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding +part and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,88f6810-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6820-pinctrl" or + "marvell,88f6828-pinctrl" depending on the specific variant of the + SoC being used. +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers + +Available mpp pins/groups and functions: +Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given +only for more detailed description in this document. + +name pins functions +================================================================================ +mpp0 0 gpio, ua0(rxd) +mpp1 1 gpio, ua0(txd) +mpp2 2 gpio, i2c0(sck) +mpp3 3 gpio, i2c0(sda) +mpp4 4 gpio, ge(mdc), ua1(txd), ua0(rts) +mpp5 5 gpio, ge(mdio), ua1(rxd), ua0(cts) +mpp6 6 gpio, ge0(txclkout), ge0(crs), dev(cs3) +mpp7 7 gpio, ge0(txd0), dev(ad9) +mpp8 8 gpio, ge0(txd1), dev(ad10) +mpp9 9 gpio, ge0(txd2), dev(ad11) +mpp10 10 gpio, ge0(txd3), dev(ad12) +mpp11 11 gpio, ge0(txctl), dev(ad13) +mpp12 12 gpio, ge0(rxd0), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], spi0(cs1), dev(ad14) +mpp13 13 gpio, ge0(rxd1), pcie0(clkreq), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi0(cs2), dev(ad15) +mpp14 14 gpio, ge0(rxd2), ptp(clk), m(vtt_ctrl), spi0(cs3), dev(wen1) +mpp15 15 gpio, ge0(rxd3), ge(mdc slave), pcie0(rstout), spi0(mosi), pcie1(rstout) [1] +mpp16 16 gpio, ge0(rxctl), ge(mdio slave), m(decc_err), spi0(miso), pcie0(clkreq) +mpp17 17 gpio, ge0(rxclk), ptp(clk), ua1(rxd), spi0(sck), sata1(prsnt) +mpp18 18 gpio, ge0(rxerr), ptp(trig_gen), ua1(txd), spi0(cs0), pcie1(rstout) [1] +mpp19 19 gpio, ge0(col), ptp(event_req), pcie0(clkreq), sata1(prsnt), ua0(cts) +mpp20 20 gpio, ge0(txclk), ptp(clk), pcie1(rstout) [1], sata0(prsnt), ua0(rts) +mpp21 21 gpio, spi0(cs1), ge1(rxd0), sata0(prsnt), sd0(cmd), dev(bootcs) +mpp22 22 gpio, spi0(mosi), dev(ad0) +mpp23 23 gpio, spi0(sck), dev(ad2) +mpp24 24 gpio, spi0(miso), ua0(cts), ua1(rxd), sd0(d4), dev(ready) +mpp25 25 gpio, spi0(cs0), ua0(rts), ua1(txd), sd0(d5), dev(cs0) +mpp26 26 gpio, spi0(cs2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d6), dev(cs1) +mpp27 27 gpio, spi0(cs3), ge1(txclkout), i2c1(sda), sd0(d7), dev(cs2) +mpp28 28 gpio, ge1(txd0), sd0(clk), dev(ad5) +mpp29 29 gpio, ge1(txd1), dev(ale0) +mpp30 30 gpio, ge1(txd2), dev(oen) +mpp31 31 gpio, ge1(txd3), dev(ale1) +mpp32 32 gpio, ge1(txctl), dev(wen0) +mpp33 33 gpio, m(decc_err), dev(ad3) +mpp34 34 gpio, dev(ad1) +mpp35 35 gpio, ref(clk_out1), dev(a1) +mpp36 36 gpio, ptp(trig_gen), dev(a0) +mpp37 37 gpio, ptp(clk), ge1(rxclk), sd0(d3), dev(ad8) +mpp38 38 gpio, ptp(event_req), ge1(rxd1), ref(clk_out0), sd0(d0), dev(ad4) +mpp39 39 gpio, i2c1(sck), ge1(rxd2), ua0(cts), sd0(d1), dev(a2) +mpp40 40 gpio, i2c1(sda), ge1(rxd3), ua0(rts), sd0(d2), dev(ad6) +mpp41 41 gpio, ua1(rxd), ge1(rxctl), ua0(cts), spi1(cs3), dev(burst/last) +mpp42 42 gpio, ua1(txd), ua0(rts), dev(ad7) +mpp43 43 gpio, pcie0(clkreq), m(vtt_ctrl), m(decc_err), pcie0(rstout), dev(clkout) +mpp44 44 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [3], pcie0(rstout) +mpp45 45 gpio, ref(clk_out0), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], pcie2(rstout), pcie3(rstout) +mpp46 46 gpio, ref(clk_out1), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], pcie2(rstout), pcie3(rstout) +mpp47 47 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), sata2(prsnt) [2], spi1(cs2), sata3(prsnt) [2] +mpp48 48 gpio, sata0(prsnt), m(vtt_ctrl), tdm2c(pclk), audio(mclk), sd0(d4) +mpp49 49 gpio, sata2(prsnt) [2], sata3(prsnt) [2], tdm2c(fsync), audio(lrclk), sd0(d5) +mpp50 50 gpio, pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], tdm2c(drx), audio(extclk), sd0(cmd) +mpp51 51 gpio, tdm2c(dtx), audio(sdo), m(decc_err) +mpp52 52 gpio, pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], tdm2c(intn), audio(sdi), sd0(d6) +mpp53 53 gpio, sata1(prsnt), sata0(prsnt), tdm2c(rstn), audio(bclk), sd0(d7) +mpp54 54 gpio, sata0(prsnt), sata1(prsnt), pcie0(rstout), pcie1(rstout) [1], sd0(d3) +mpp55 55 gpio, ua1(cts), ge(mdio), pcie1(clkreq) [1], spi1(cs1), sd0(d0) +mpp56 56 gpio, ua1(rts), ge(mdc), m(decc_err), spi1(mosi) +mpp57 57 gpio, spi1(sck), sd0(clk) +mpp58 58 gpio, pcie1(clkreq) [1], i2c1(sck), pcie2(clkreq), spi1(miso), sd0(d1) +mpp59 59 gpio, pcie0(rstout), i2c1(sda), pcie1(rstout) [1], spi1(cs0), sd0(d2) + +[1]: only available on 88F6820 and 88F6828 +[2]: only available on 88F6828 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt index bfa0a2e5e0cb..373dbccd7ab0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ part and usage. Required properties: - compatible: "marvell,mv78230-pinctrl", "marvell,mv78260-pinctrl", "marvell,mv78460-pinctrl" +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers This driver supports all Armada XP variants, i.e. mv78230, mv78260, and mv78460. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt index 50ec3512a292..cf52477cc7ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ part and usage. Required properties: - compatible: "marvell,dove-pinctrl" - clocks: (optional) phandle of pdma clock +- reg: register specifiers of MPP, MPP4, and PMU MPP registers Available mpp pins/groups and functions: Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt index 95daf6335c37..730444a9a4de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties: "marvell,88f6190-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6192-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6281-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6282-pinctrl" "marvell,98dx4122-pinctrl" +- reg: register specifier of MPP registers This driver supports all kirkwood variants, i.e. 88f6180, 88f619x, and 88f628x. It also support the 88f6281-based variant in the 98dx412x Bobcat SoCs. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt index 0a26c3aa4e6d..0c09f4eb2af0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ uart1: serial@12100 { pinctrl: pinctrl@d0200 { compatible = "marvell,dove-pinctrl"; - reg = <0xd0200 0x20>; + reg = <0xd0200 0x14>, <0xd0440 0x04>, <0xd802c 0x08>; pmx_uart1_sw: pmx-uart1-sw { marvell,pins = "mpp_uart1"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt index bc0dfdfdb148..66dcaa9efd74 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt @@ -63,6 +63,13 @@ Optional properties: /* input, enable bits, disable bits, mask */ pinctrl-single,input-schmitt-enable = <0x30 0x40 0 0x70>; +- pinctrl-single,low-power-mode : array of value that are used to configure + low power mode of this pin. For some silicons, the low power mode will + control the output of the pin when the pad including the pin enter low + power mode. + /* low power mode value, mask */ + pinctrl-single,low-power-mode = <0x288 0x388>; + - pinctrl-single,gpio-range : list of value that are used to configure a GPIO range. They're value of subnode phandle, pin base in pinctrl device, pin number in this range, GPIO function value of this GPIO range. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt index 05bf82a07dfd..4bd5be0e5e7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-st.txt @@ -11,18 +11,68 @@ Pull Up (PU) are driven by the related PIO block. ST pinctrl driver controls PIO multiplexing block and also interacts with gpio driver to configure a pin. -Required properties: (PIO multiplexing block) +GPIO bank can have one of the two possible types of interrupt-wirings. + +First type is via irqmux, single interrupt is used by multiple gpio banks. This +reduces number of overall interrupts numbers required. All these banks belong to +a single pincontroller. + _________ + | |----> [gpio-bank (n) ] + | |----> [gpio-bank (n + 1)] + [irqN]-- | irq-mux |----> [gpio-bank (n + 2)] + | |----> [gpio-bank (... )] + |_________|----> [gpio-bank (n + 7)] + +Second type has a dedicated interrupt per gpio bank. + + [irqN]----> [gpio-bank (n)] + + +Pin controller node: +Required properties: - compatible : should be "st,<SOC>-<pio-block>-pinctrl" like st,stih415-sbc-pinctrl, st,stih415-front-pinctrl and so on. -- gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller -- #gpio-cells : Should be one. The first cell is the pin number. +- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the syscfg node. - st,retime-pin-mask : Should be mask to specify which pins can be retimed. If the property is not present, it is assumed that all the pins in the bank are capable of retiming. Retiming is mainly used to improve the IO timing margins of external synchronous interfaces. -- st,bank-name : Should be a name string for this bank as - specified in datasheet. -- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the syscfg node. +- ranges : defines mapping between pin controller node (parent) to gpio-bank + node (children). + +Optional properties: +- interrupts : Interrupt number of the irqmux. If the interrupt is shared + with other gpio banks via irqmux. + a irqline and gpio banks. +- reg : irqmux memory resource. If irqmux is present. +- reg-names : irqmux resource should be named as "irqmux". + +GPIO controller/bank node. +Required properties: +- gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller +- #gpio-cells : Should be one. The first cell is the pin number. +- st,bank-name : Should be a name string for this bank as specified in + datasheet. + +Optional properties: +- interrupts : Interrupt number for this gpio bank. If there is a dedicated + interrupt wired up for this gpio bank. + +- interrupt-controller : Indicates this device is a interrupt controller. GPIO + bank can be an interrupt controller iff one of the interrupt type either via +irqmux or a dedicated interrupt per bank is specified. + +- #interrupt-cells: the value of this property should be 2. + - First Cell: represents the external gpio interrupt number local to the + gpio interrupt space of the controller. + - Second Cell: flags to identify the type of the interrupt + - 1 = rising edge triggered + - 2 = falling edge triggered + - 3 = rising and falling edge triggered + - 4 = high level triggered + - 8 = low level triggered +for related macros look in: +include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h Example: pin-controller-sbc { @@ -30,10 +80,17 @@ Example: #size-cells = <1>; compatible = "st,stih415-sbc-pinctrl"; st,syscfg = <&syscfg_sbc>; + reg = <0xfe61f080 0x4>; + reg-names = "irqmux"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 180 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupts-names = "irqmux"; ranges = <0 0xfe610000 0x5000>; + PIO0: gpio@fe610000 { gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; reg = <0 0x100>; st,bank-name = "PIO0"; }; @@ -105,6 +162,10 @@ pin-controller { sdhci0:sdhci@fe810000{ ... + interrupt-parent = <&PIO3>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; /* Interrupt line via PIO3-3 */ + interrupts-names = "card-detect"; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_mmc>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt index 4c352be5dd61..9fb89e3f61ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Qualcomm MSM8974 TLMM block Required properties: -- compatible: "qcom,msm8x74-pinctrl" +- compatible: "qcom,msm8974-pinctrl" - reg: Should be the base address and length of the TLMM block. - interrupts: Should be the parent IRQ of the TLMM block. - interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ Non-empty subnodes must specify the 'pins' property. Note that not all properties are valid for all pins. -Valid values for qcom,pins are: +Valid values for pins are: gpio0-gpio145 Supports mux, bias and drive-strength sdc1_clk, sdc1_cmd, sdc1_data, sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data Supports bias and drive-strength -Valid values for qcom,function are: +Valid values for function are: blsp_i2c2, blsp_i2c6, blsp_i2c11, blsp_spi1, blsp_uart2, blsp_uart8, slimbus (Note that this is not yet the complete list of functions) @@ -73,18 +73,18 @@ Example: uart2_default: uart2_default { mux { - qcom,pins = "gpio4", "gpio5"; - qcom,function = "blsp_uart2"; + pins = "gpio4", "gpio5"; + function = "blsp_uart2"; }; tx { - qcom,pins = "gpio4"; + pins = "gpio4"; drive-strength = <4>; bias-disable; }; rx { - qcom,pins = "gpio5"; + pins = "gpio5"; drive-strength = <2>; bias-pull-up; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt index 257677de3e6b..2b32783ba821 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required Properties: - "samsung,exynos4210-pinctrl": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller. - "samsung,exynos4x12-pinctrl": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller. - "samsung,exynos5250-pinctrl": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller. + - "samsung,exynos5260-pinctrl": for Exynos5260 compatible pin-controller. - "samsung,exynos5420-pinctrl": for Exynos5420 compatible pin-controller. - reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d0327f0b59ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/bq2415x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Binding for TI bq2415x Li-Ion Charger + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain one of the following: + * "ti,bq24150" + * "ti,bq24150" + * "ti,bq24150a" + * "ti,bq24151" + * "ti,bq24151a" + * "ti,bq24152" + * "ti,bq24153" + * "ti,bq24153a" + * "ti,bq24155" + * "ti,bq24156" + * "ti,bq24156a" + * "ti,bq24158" +- reg: integer, i2c address of the device. +- ti,current-limit: integer, initial maximum current charger can pull + from power supply in mA. +- ti,weak-battery-voltage: integer, weak battery voltage threshold in mV. + The chip will use slow precharge if battery voltage + is below this value. +- ti,battery-regulation-voltage: integer, maximum charging voltage in mV. +- ti,charge-current: integer, maximum charging current in mA. +- ti,termination-current: integer, charge will be terminated when current in + constant-voltage phase drops below this value (in mA). +- ti,resistor-sense: integer, value of sensing resistor in milliohm. + +Optional properties: +- ti,usb-charger-detection: phandle to usb charger detection device. + (required for auto mode) + +Example from Nokia N900: + +bq24150a { + compatible = "ti,bq24150a"; + reg = <0x6b>; + + ti,current-limit = <100>; + ti,weak-battery-voltage = <3400>; + ti,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200>; + ti,charge-current = <650>; + ti,termination-current = <100>; + ti,resistor-sense = <68>; + + ti,usb-charger-detection = <&isp1704>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt index 63c659800c03..e5cac1e0ca8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt @@ -8,8 +8,12 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - enable-gpio : GPIO to use to enable/disable the regulator. - gpios : GPIO group used to control voltage. +- gpios-states : gpios pin's initial states array. 0: LOW, 1: HIGH. + defualt is LOW if nothing is specified. - startup-delay-us : Startup time in microseconds. - enable-active-high : Polarity of GPIO is active high (default is low). +- regulator-type : Specifies what is being regulated, must be either + "voltage" or "current", defaults to current. Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding defined in regulator.txt can also be used. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt index fc989b2e8057..34ef5d16d0f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ PFUZE100 family of regulators Required properties: -- compatible: "fsl,pfuze100" +- compatible: "fsl,pfuze100" or "fsl,pfuze200" - reg: I2C slave address Required child node: @@ -10,11 +10,14 @@ Required child node: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt. The valid names for regulators are: + --PFUZE100 sw1ab,sw1c,sw2,sw3a,sw3b,sw4,swbst,vsnvs,vrefddr,vgen1~vgen6 + --PFUZE200 + sw1ab,sw2,sw3a,sw3b,swbst,vsnvs,vrefddr,vgen1~vgen6 Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators. -Example: +Example 1: PFUZE100 pmic: pfuze100@08 { compatible = "fsl,pfuze100"; @@ -113,3 +116,92 @@ Example: }; }; }; + + +Example 2: PFUZE200 + + pmic: pfuze200@08 { + compatible = "fsl,pfuze200"; + reg = <0x08>; + + regulators { + sw1a_reg: sw1ab { + regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1875000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-ramp-delay = <6250>; + }; + + sw2_reg: sw2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + sw3a_reg: sw3a { + regulator-min-microvolt = <400000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1975000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + sw3b_reg: sw3b { + regulator-min-microvolt = <400000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1975000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + swbst_reg: swbst { + regulator-min-microvolt = <5000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <5150000>; + }; + + snvs_reg: vsnvs { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vref_reg: vrefddr { + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vgen1_reg: vgen1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1550000>; + }; + + vgen2_reg: vgen2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1550000>; + }; + + vgen3_reg: vgen3 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + vgen4_reg: vgen4 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vgen5_reg: vgen5 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vgen6_reg: vgen6 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt index fc6b38f035bd..d290988ed975 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt @@ -69,13 +69,16 @@ sub-node should be of the format as listed below. }; }; The above regulator entries are defined in regulator bindings documentation -except op_mode description. +except these properties: - op_mode: describes the different operating modes of the LDO's with power mode change in SOC. The different possible values are, 0 - always off mode 1 - on in normal mode 2 - low power mode 3 - suspend mode + - s5m8767,pmic-ext-control-gpios: (optional) GPIO specifier for one + GPIO controlling this regulator (enable/disable); This is + valid only for buck9. The following are the names of the regulators that the s5m8767 pmic block supports. Note: The 'n' in LDOn and BUCKn represents the LDO or BUCK number @@ -148,5 +151,13 @@ Example: regulator-always-on; regulator-boot-on; }; + + vemmc_reg: BUCK9 { + regulator-name = "VMEM_VDD_2.8V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + op_mode = <3>; /* Standby Mode */ + s5m8767,pmic-ext-control-gpios = <&gpk0 2 0>; + }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt index 2e57a33e9029..c58db75f959e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt @@ -4,10 +4,14 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be one of: - "ti,abb-v1" for older SoCs like OMAP3 - "ti,abb-v2" for newer SoCs like OMAP4, OMAP5 + - "ti,abb-v3" for a generic definition where setup and control registers are + provided (example: DRA7) - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains the information of registers in the same order as described by reg-names - reg-names: Should contain the reg names - - "base-address" - contains base address of ABB module + - "base-address" - contains base address of ABB module (ti,abb-v1,ti,abb-v2) + - "control-address" - contains control register address of ABB module (ti,abb-v3) + - "setup-address" - contains setup register address of ABB module (ti,abb-v3) - "int-address" - contains address of interrupt register for ABB module (also see Optional properties) - #address-cell: should be 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt index 8e080b893b49..1984bdfbd545 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/efm32-uart.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt Optional properties: -- location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. +- efm32,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins. Allowed range : [0 .. 5] Default: 0 @@ -16,5 +16,5 @@ uart@0x4000c400 { compatible = "efm32,uart"; reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; interrupts = <15>; - location = <0>; + efm32,location = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt index 6fd1dd1638dd..a1d1205d8185 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt @@ -4,11 +4,24 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-lpuart" - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt +- clocks : phandle + clock specifier pairs, one for each entry in clock-names +- clock-names : should contain: "ipg" - the uart clock + +Optional properties: +- dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names. +- dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx". + +Note: Optional properties for DMA support. Write them both or both not. Example: uart0: serial@40027000 { - compatible = "fsl,vf610-lpuart"; - reg = <0x40027000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 61 0x00>; - }; + compatible = "fsl,vf610-lpuart"; + reg = <0x40027000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 61 0x00>; + clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_UART0>; + clock-names = "ipg"; + dmas = <&edma0 0 2>, + <&edma0 0 3>; + dma-names = "rx","tx"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/maxim,max310x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/maxim,max310x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..83a919c241b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/maxim,max310x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* Maxim MAX310X advanced Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "maxim,max3107" for Maxim MAX3107, + - "maxim,max3108" for Maxim MAX3108, + - "maxim,max3109" for Maxim MAX3109, + - "maxim,max14830" for Maxim MAX14830. +- reg: SPI chip select number. +- interrupt-parent: The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this IC. +- interrupts: Specifies the interrupt source of the parent interrupt + controller. The format of the interrupt specifier depends on the + parent interrupt controller. +- clocks: phandle to the IC source clock. +- clock-names: Should be "xtal" if clock is an external crystal or + "osc" if an external clock source is used. + +Optional properties: +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the GPIO number and + the second cell is used to specify the GPIO polarity: + 0 = active high, + 1 = active low. + +Example: + max14830: max14830@0 { + compatible = "maxim,max14830"; + reg = <0>; + clocks = <&clk20m>; + clock-names = "osc"; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index f372cf29068d..53e6c175db6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Example: }; scifa0: serial@e6c40000 { - compatible = "renesas,scifa-r8a7790", "renesas,scifa-generic"; + compatible = "renesas,scifa-r8a7790", "renesas,scifa"; reg = <0 0xe6c40000 0 64>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 144 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/armada-370db-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/armada-370db-audio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bf984d238620 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/armada-370db-audio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Device Tree bindings for the Armada 370 DB audio +================================================ + +These Device Tree bindings are used to describe the audio complex +found on the Armada 370 DB platform. + +Mandatory properties: + + * compatible: must be "marvell,a370db-audio" + + * marvell,audio-controller: a phandle that points to the audio + controller of the Armada 370 SoC. + + * marvell,audio-codec: a set of three phandles that points to: + + 1/ the analog audio codec connected to the Armada 370 SoC + 2/ the S/PDIF transceiver + 3/ the S/PDIF receiver + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "marvell,a370db-audio"; + marvell,audio-controller = <&audio_controller>; + marvell,audio-codec = <&audio_codec &spdif_out &spdif_in>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42xx8.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42xx8.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f631fbca6284 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42xx8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +CS42448/CS42888 audio CODEC + +Required properties: + + - compatible : must contain one of "cirrus,cs42448" and "cirrus,cs42888" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C + + - clocks : a list of phandles + clock-specifiers, one for each entry in + clock-names + + - clock-names : must contain "mclk" + + - VA-supply, VD-supply, VLS-supply, VLC-supply: power supplies for the device, + as covered in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Example: + +codec: cs42888@48 { + compatible = "cirrus,cs42888"; + reg = <0x48>; + clocks = <&codec_mclk 0>; + clock-names = "mclk"; + VA-supply = <®_audio>; + VD-supply = <®_audio>; + VLS-supply = <®_audio>; + VLC-supply = <®_audio>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed1b7cc6f249 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da9055.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Dialog DA9055 Audio CODEC + +DA9055 provides Audio CODEC support (I2C only). + +The Audio CODEC device in DA9055 has it's own I2C address which is configurable, +so the device is instantiated separately from the PMIC (MFD) device. + +For details on accompanying PMIC I2C device, see the following: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9055.txt + +Required properties: + + - compatible: "dlg,da9055-codec" + - reg: Specifies the I2C slave address + + +Example: + + codec: da9055-codec@1a { + compatible = "dlg,da9055-codec"; + reg = <0x1a>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt index 865178d5cdf3..963e100514c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-evm-audio.txt @@ -5,12 +5,19 @@ Required properties: - ti,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - ti,audio-codec : The phandle of the TLV320AIC3x audio codec - ti,mcasp-controller : The phandle of the McASP controller -- ti,codec-clock-rate : The Codec Clock rate (in Hz) applied to the Codec - ti,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and sinks are the codec's pins, and the jacks on the board: +Optional properties: +- ti,codec-clock-rate : The Codec Clock rate (in Hz) applied to the Codec. +- clocks : Reference to the master clock +- clock-names : The clock should be named "mclk" +- Either codec-clock-rate or the codec-clock reference has to be defined. If + the both are defined the driver attempts to set referenced clock to the + defined rate and takes the rate from the clock reference. + Board connectors: * Headphone Jack diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/eukrea-tlv320.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/eukrea-tlv320.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0d7985c864af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/eukrea-tlv320.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Audio complex for Eukrea boards with tlv320aic23 codec. + +Required properties: +- compatible : "eukrea,asoc-tlv320" +- eukrea,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. +- ssi-controller : The phandle of the SSI controller. +- fsl,mux-int-port : The internal port of the i.MX audio muxer (AUDMUX). +- fsl,mux-ext-port : The external port of the i.MX audio muxer. + +Note: The AUDMUX port numbering should start at 1, which is consistent with +hardware manual. + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "eukrea,asoc-tlv320"; + eukrea,model = "imx51-eukrea-tlv320aic23"; + ssi-controller = <&ssi2>; + fsl,mux-int-port = <2>; + fsl,mux-ext-port = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt index d7b99fa637b5..aeb8c4a0b88d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,esai.txt @@ -34,6 +34,10 @@ Required properties: that ESAI would work in the synchronous mode, which means all the settings for Receiving would be duplicated from Transmition related registers. + - big-endian : If this property is absent, the native endian mode will + be in use as default, or the big endian mode will be in use for all the + device registers. + Example: esai: esai@02024000 { @@ -46,5 +50,6 @@ esai: esai@02024000 { dma-names = "rx", "tx"; fsl,fifo-depth = <128>; fsl,esai-synchronous; + big-endian; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt index f2ae335670f5..3e9e82c8eab3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,spdif.txt @@ -29,6 +29,10 @@ Required properties: can also be referred to TxClk_Source bit of register SPDIF_STC. + - big-endian : If this property is absent, the native endian mode will + be in use as default, or the big endian mode will be in use for all the + device registers. + Example: spdif: spdif@02004000 { @@ -50,5 +54,6 @@ spdif: spdif@02004000 { "rxtx5", "rxtx6", "rxtx7"; + big-endian; status = "okay"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt index f0062c5871b4..cb8c07c81ce4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mvebu-audio.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "marvell,kirkwood-audio" for Kirkwood platforms "marvell,dove-audio" for Dove platforms + "marvell,armada370-audio" for Armada 370 platforms - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..faff75e64573 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +PCM512x audio CODECs + +These devices support both I2C and SPI (configured with pin strapping +on the board). + +Required properties: + + - compatible : One of "ti,pcm5121" or "ti,pcm5122" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select + number for SPI. + + - AVDD-supply, DVDD-supply, and CPVDD-supply : power supplies for the + device, as covered in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Optional properties: + + - clocks : A clock specifier for the clock connected as SCLK. If this + is absent the device will be configured to clock from BCLK. + +Example: + + pcm5122: pcm5122@4c { + compatible = "ti,pcm5122"; + reg = <0x4c>; + + AVDD-supply = <®_3v3_analog>; + DVDD-supply = <®_1v8>; + CPVDD-supply = <®_3v3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a44e9179faf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +Renesas R-Car sound + +Required properties: +- compatible : "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1 + "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 +- reg : Should contain the register physical address. + required register is + SRU/ADG/SSI if generation1 + SRU/ADG/SSIU/SSI if generation2 +- rcar_sound,ssi : Should contain SSI feature. + The number of SSI subnode should be same as HW. + see below for detail. +- rcar_sound,src : Should contain SRC feature. + The number of SRC subnode should be same as HW. + see below for detail. +- rcar_sound,dai : DAI contents. + The number of DAI subnode should be same as HW. + see below for detail. + +SSI subnode properties: +- interrupts : Should contain SSI interrupt for PIO transfer +- shared-pin : if shared clock pin + +SRC subnode properties: +no properties at this point + +DAI subnode properties: +- playback : list of playback modules +- capture : list of capture modules + +Example: + +rcar_sound: rcar_sound@0xffd90000 { + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; + compatible = "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2"; + reg = <0 0xec500000 0 0x1000>, /* SCU */ + <0 0xec5a0000 0 0x100>, /* ADG */ + <0 0xec540000 0 0x1000>, /* SSIU */ + <0 0xec541000 0 0x1280>; /* SSI */ + + rcar_sound,src { + src0: src@0 { }; + src1: src@1 { }; + src2: src@2 { }; + src3: src@3 { }; + src4: src@4 { }; + src5: src@5 { }; + src6: src@6 { }; + src7: src@7 { }; + src8: src@8 { }; + src9: src@9 { }; + }; + + rcar_sound,ssi { + ssi0: ssi@0 { + interrupts = <0 370 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi1: ssi@1 { + interrupts = <0 371 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi2: ssi@2 { + interrupts = <0 372 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi3: ssi@3 { + interrupts = <0 373 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi4: ssi@4 { + interrupts = <0 374 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi5: ssi@5 { + interrupts = <0 375 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi6: ssi@6 { + interrupts = <0 376 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi7: ssi@7 { + interrupts = <0 377 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi8: ssi@8 { + interrupts = <0 378 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + ssi9: ssi@9 { + interrupts = <0 379 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + }; + + rcar_sound,dai { + dai0 { + playback = <&ssi5 &src5>; + capture = <&ssi6>; + }; + dai1 { + playback = <&ssi3>; + }; + dai2 { + capture = <&ssi4>; + }; + dai3 { + playback = <&ssi7>; + }; + dai4 { + capture = <&ssi8>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt index 19c84df5fffa..131aa2ad7f1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt @@ -8,16 +8,26 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: +- simple-audio-card,name : User specified audio sound card name, one string + property. - simple-audio-card,format : CPU/CODEC common audio format. "i2s", "right_j", "left_j" , "dsp_a" "dsp_b", "ac97", "pdm", "msb", "lsb" +- simple-audio-card,widgets : Please refer to widgets.txt. - simple-audio-card,routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, the second being the connection's source. +- dai-tdm-slot-num : Please refer to tdm-slot.txt. +- dai-tdm-slot-width : Please refer to tdm-slot.txt. Required subnodes: +- simple-audio-card,dai-link : container for the CPU and CODEC sub-nodes + This container may be omitted when the + card has only one DAI link. + See the examples. + - simple-audio-card,cpu : CPU sub-node - simple-audio-card,codec : CODEC sub-node @@ -38,15 +48,29 @@ Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: clock node (= common clock), or "system-clock-frequency" (if system doens't support common clock) -Example: +Note: + * For 'format', 'frame-master', 'bitclock-master', 'bitclock-inversion' and + 'frame-inversion', the simple card will use the settings of CODEC for both + CPU and CODEC sides as we need to keep the settings identical for both ends + of the link. + +Example 1 - single DAI link: sound { compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + simple-audio-card,name = "VF610-Tower-Sound-Card"; simple-audio-card,format = "left_j"; + simple-audio-card,widgets = + "Microphone", "Microphone Jack", + "Headphone", "Headphone Jack", + "Speaker", "External Speaker"; simple-audio-card,routing = - "MIC_IN", "Mic Jack", + "MIC_IN", "Microphone Jack", "Headphone Jack", "HP_OUT", - "Ext Spk", "LINE_OUT"; + "External Speaker", "LINE_OUT"; + + dai-tdm-slot-num = <2>; + dai-tdm-slot-width = <8>; simple-audio-card,cpu { sound-dai = <&sh_fsi2 0>; @@ -75,3 +99,38 @@ sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@ec230000 { interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 146 0x4>; }; + +Example 2 - many DAI links: + +sound { + compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + simple-audio-card,name = "Cubox Audio"; + simple-audio-card,format = "i2s"; + + simple-audio-card,dai-link@0 { /* I2S - HDMI */ + simple-audio-card,cpu { + sound-dai = <&audio1 0>; + }; + simple-audio-card,codec { + sound-dai = <&tda998x 0>; + }; + }; + + simple-audio-card,dai-link@1 { /* S/PDIF - HDMI */ + simple-audio-card,cpu { + sound-dai = <&audio1 1>; + }; + simple-audio-card,codec { + sound-dai = <&tda998x 1>; + }; + }; + + simple-audio-card,dai-link@2 { /* S/PDIF - S/PDIF */ + simple-audio-card,cpu { + sound-dai = <&audio1 1>; + }; + simple-audio-card,codec { + sound-dai = <&spdif_codec>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..062f5ec36f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +SiRF internal audio CODEC + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "sirf,atlas6-audio-codec" or "sirf,prima2-audio-codec" + + - reg : the register address of the device. + + - clocks: the clock of SiRF internal audio codec + +Example: + +audiocodec: audiocodec@b0040000 { + compatible = "sirf,atlas6-audio-codec"; + reg = <0xb0040000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&clks 27>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-port.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-port.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f66de3c8f00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-port.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* SiRF SoC audio port + +Required properties: +- compatible: "sirf,audio-port" +- reg: Base address and size entries: +- dmas: List of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs. +- dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property. + These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. + + One of the DMA channels will be responsible for transmission (should be + named "tx") and one for reception (should be named "rx"). + +Example: + +audioport: audioport@b0040000 { + compatible = "sirf,audio-port"; + reg = <0xb0040000 0x10000>; + dmas = <&dmac1 3>, <&dmac1 8>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c88882ca3704 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* SiRF atlas6 and prima2 internal audio codec and port based audio setups + +Required properties: +- compatible: "sirf,sirf-audio-card" +- sirf,audio-platform: phandle for the platform node +- sirf,audio-codec: phandle for the SiRF internal codec node + +Optional properties: +- hp-pa-gpios: Need to be present if the board need control external + headphone amplifier. +- spk-pa-gpios: Need to be present if the board need control external + speaker amplifier. +- hp-switch-gpios: Need to be present if the board capable to detect jack + insertion, removal. + +Available audio endpoints for the audio-routing table: + +Board connectors: + * Headset Stereophone + * Ext Spk + * Line In + * Mic + +SiRF internal audio codec pins: + * HPOUTL + * HPOUTR + * SPKOUT + * Ext Mic + * Mic Bias + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "sirf,sirf-audio-card"; + sirf,audio-codec = <&audiocodec>; + sirf,audio-platform = <&audioport>; + hp-pa-gpios = <&gpio 44 0>; + spk-pa-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; + hp-switch-gpios = <&gpio 45 0>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tdm-slot.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tdm-slot.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6a2c84247f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tdm-slot.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +TDM slot: + +This specifies audio DAI's TDM slot. + +TDM slot properties: +dai-tdm-slot-num : Number of slots in use. +dai-tdm-slot-width : Width in bits for each slot. + +For instance: + dai-tdm-slot-num = <2>; + dai-tdm-slot-width = <8>; + +And for each spcified driver, there could be one .of_xlate_tdm_slot_mask() +to specify a explicit mapping of the channels and the slots. If it's absent +the default snd_soc_of_xlate_tdm_slot_mask() will be used to generating the +tx and rx masks. + +For snd_soc_of_xlate_tdm_slot_mask(), the tx and rx masks will use a 1 bit +for an active slot as default, and the default active bits are at the LSB of +the masks. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74c66dee3e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +Texas Instruments - tlv320aic31xx Codec module + +The tlv320aic31xx serial control bus communicates through I2C protocols + +Required properties: + +- compatible - "string" - One of: + "ti,tlv320aic310x" - Generic TLV320AIC31xx with mono speaker amp + "ti,tlv320aic311x" - Generic TLV320AIC31xx with stereo speaker amp + "ti,tlv320aic3100" - TLV320AIC3100 (mono speaker amp, no MiniDSP) + "ti,tlv320aic3110" - TLV320AIC3110 (stereo speaker amp, no MiniDSP) + "ti,tlv320aic3120" - TLV320AIC3120 (mono speaker amp, MiniDSP) + "ti,tlv320aic3111" - TLV320AIC3111 (stereo speaker amp, MiniDSP) + +- reg - <int> - I2C slave address + + +Optional properties: + +- gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset +- ai31xx-micbias-vg - MicBias Voltage setting + 1 or MICBIAS_2_0V - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.0V + 2 or MICBIAS_2_5V - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5V + 3 or MICBIAS_AVDD - MICBIAS output is connected to AVDD + If this node is not mentioned or if the value is unknown, then + micbias is set to 2.0V. +- HPVDD-supply, SPRVDD-supply, SPLVDD-supply, AVDD-supply, IOVDD-supply, + DVDD-supply : power supplies for the device as covered in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +CODEC output pins: + * HPL + * HPR + * SPL, devices with stereo speaker amp + * SPR, devices with stereo speaker amp + * SPK, devices with mono speaker amp + * MICBIAS + +CODEC input pins: + * MIC1LP + * MIC1RP + * MIC1LM + +The pins can be used in referring sound node's audio-routing property. + +Example: +#include <dt-bindings/sound/tlv320aic31xx-micbias.h> + +tlv320aic31xx: tlv320aic31xx@18 { + compatible = "ti,tlv320aic311x"; + reg = <0x18>; + + ai31xx-micbias-vg = <MICBIAS_OFF>; + + HPVDD-supply = <®ulator>; + SPRVDD-supply = <®ulator>; + SPLVDD-supply = <®ulator>; + AVDD-supply = <®ulator>; + IOVDD-supply = <®ulator>; + DVDD-supply = <®ulator>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic32x4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic32x4.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5e2741af27be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic32x4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Texas Instruments - tlv320aic32x4 Codec module + +The tlv320aic32x4 serial control bus communicates through I2C protocols + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "ti,tlv320aic32x4" + - reg: I2C slave address + - supply-*: Required supply regulators are: + "iov" - digital IO power supply + "ldoin" - LDO power supply + "dv" - Digital core power supply + "av" - Analog core power supply + If you supply ldoin, dv and av are optional. Otherwise they are required + See regulator/regulator.txt for more information about the detailed binding + format. + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios: Reset-GPIO phandle with args as described in gpio/gpio.txt + - clocks/clock-names: Clock named 'mclk' for the master clock of the codec. + See clock/clock-bindings.txt for information about the detailed format. + + +Example: + +codec: tlv320aic32x4@18 { + compatible = "ti,tlv320aic32x4"; + reg = <0x18>; + clocks = <&clks 201>; + clock-names = "mclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt index 9d8ea14db490..5e6040c2c2e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ Required properties: - compatible - "string" - One of: "ti,tlv320aic3x" - Generic TLV320AIC3x device - "ti,tlv320aic32x4" - TLV320AIC32x4 "ti,tlv320aic33" - TLV320AIC33 "ti,tlv320aic3007" - TLV320AIC3007 "ti,tlv320aic3106" - TLV320AIC3106 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/widgets.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/widgets.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6de5ba3b2de --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/widgets.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Widgets: + +This mainly specifies audio off-codec DAPM widgets. + +Each entry is a pair of strings in DT: + + "template-wname", "user-supplied-wname" + +The "template-wname" being the template widget name and currently includes: +"Microphone", "Line", "Headphone" and "Speaker". + +The "user-supplied-wname" being the user specified widget name. + +For instance: + simple-audio-widgets = + "Microphone", "Microphone Jack", + "Line", "Line In Jack", + "Line", "Line Out Jack", + "Headphone", "Headphone Jack", + "Speaker", "Speaker External"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt index a590ca51be75..8f081c96a4fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/efm32-spi.txt @@ -3,24 +3,24 @@ Required properties: - #address-cells: see spi-bus.txt - #size-cells: see spi-bus.txt -- compatible: should be "efm32,spi" +- compatible: should be "energymicro,efm32-spi" - reg: Offset and length of the register set for the controller - interrupts: pair specifying rx and tx irq - clocks: phandle to the spi clock - cs-gpios: see spi-bus.txt -- location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION bitfield to configure the pinmux for the device, see datasheet for values. +- efm32,location: Value to write to the ROUTE register's LOCATION bitfield to configure the pinmux for the device, see datasheet for values. Example: spi1: spi@0x4000c400 { /* USART1 */ #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - compatible = "efm32,spi"; + compatible = "energymicro,efm32-spi"; reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; interrupts = <15 16>; clocks = <&cmu 20>; cs-gpios = <&gpio 51 1>; // D3 - location = <1>; + efm32,location = <1>; status = "ok"; ks8851@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b82a268f1bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/qcom,spi-qup.txt @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +Qualcomm Universal Peripheral (QUP) Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) + +The QUP core is an AHB slave that provides a common data path (an output FIFO +and an input FIFO) for serial peripheral interface (SPI) mini-core. + +SPI in master mode supports up to 50MHz, up to four chip selects, programmable +data path from 4 bits to 32 bits and numerous protocol variants. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "qcom,spi-qup-v2.1.1" or "qcom,spi-qup-v2.2.1" +- reg: Should contain base register location and length +- interrupts: Interrupt number used by this controller + +- clocks: Should contain the core clock and the AHB clock. +- clock-names: Should be "core" for the core clock and "iface" for the + AHB clock. + +- #address-cells: Number of cells required to define a chip select + address on the SPI bus. Should be set to 1. +- #size-cells: Should be zero. + +Optional properties: +- spi-max-frequency: Specifies maximum SPI clock frequency, + Units - Hz. Definition as per + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +SPI slave nodes must be children of the SPI master node and can contain +properties described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + +Example: + + spi_8: spi@f9964000 { /* BLSP2 QUP2 */ + + compatible = "qcom,spi-qup-v2"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xf9964000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 102 0>; + spi-max-frequency = <19200000>; + + clocks = <&gcc GCC_BLSP2_QUP2_SPI_APPS_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_BLSP2_AHB_CLK>; + clock-names = "core", "iface"; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&spi8_default>; + + device@0 { + compatible = "arm,pl022-dummy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0>; /* Chip select 0 */ + spi-max-frequency = <19200000>; + spi-cpol; + }; + + device@1 { + compatible = "arm,pl022-dummy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <1>; /* Chip select 1 */ + spi-max-frequency = <9600000>; + spi-cpha; + }; + + device@2 { + compatible = "arm,pl022-dummy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <2>; /* Chip select 2 */ + spi-max-frequency = <19200000>; + spi-cpol; + spi-cpha; + }; + + device@3 { + compatible = "arm,pl022-dummy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <3>; /* Chip select 3 */ + spi-max-frequency = <19200000>; + spi-cpol; + spi-cpha; + spi-cs-high; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt index 30b57b1c8a13..319bad4af875 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-hspi.txt @@ -1,7 +1,29 @@ Renesas HSPI. Required properties: -- compatible : "renesas,hspi" -- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device -- interrupts : interrupt line used by HSPI +- compatible : "renesas,hspi-<soctype>", "renesas,hspi" as fallback. + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,hspi-r8a7778" (R-Car M1) + - "renesas,hspi-r8a7779" (R-Car H1) +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupt-parent : The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device +- interrupts : Interrupt specifier +- #address-cells : Must be <1> +- #size-cells : Must be <0> + +Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*. + +Example: + + hspi0: spi@fffc7000 { + compatible = "renesas,hspi-r8a7778", "renesas,hspi"; + reg = <0xfffc7000 0x18>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 63 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt index e6222106ca36..f24baf3b6cc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt @@ -1,12 +1,40 @@ Renesas MSIOF spi controller Required properties: -- compatible : "renesas,sh-msiof" for SuperH or - "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" for SH Mobile series -- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device -- interrupts : interrupt line used by MSIOF +- compatible : "renesas,msiof-<soctype>" for SoCs, + "renesas,sh-msiof" for SuperH, or + "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" for SH Mobile series. + Examples with soctypes are: + "renesas,msiof-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) + "renesas,msiof-r8a7791" (R-Car M2) +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupt-parent : The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device +- interrupts : Interrupt specifier +- #address-cells : Must be <1> +- #size-cells : Must be <0> Optional properties: -- num-cs : total number of chip-selects -- renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words -- renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words +- clocks : Must contain a reference to the functional clock. +- num-cs : Total number of chip-selects (default is 1) + +Optional properties, deprecated for soctype-specific bindings: +- renesas,tx-fifo-size : Overrides the default tx fifo size given in words + (default is 64) +- renesas,rx-fifo-size : Overrides the default rx fifo size given in words + (default is 64, or 256 on R-Car H2 and M2) + +Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*. + +Example: + + msiof0: spi@e6e20000 { + compatible = "renesas,msiof-r8a7791"; + reg = <0 0xe6e20000 0 0x0064>; + interrupts = <0 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7791_CLK_MSIOF0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt index a1fb3035a42b..5376de40f10b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-dspi.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: - pinctrl-names: must contain a "default" entry. - spi-num-chipselects : the number of the chipselect signals. - bus-num : the slave chip chipselect signal number. +- big-endian : if DSPI modudle is big endian, the bool will be set in node. Example: dspi0@4002c000 { @@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ dspi0@4002c000 { bus-num = <0>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_dspi0_1>; + big-endian; status = "okay"; sflash: at26df081a@0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d57d82a74054 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +Device tree configuration for Renesas RSPI/QSPI driver + +Required properties: +- compatible : For Renesas Serial Peripheral Interface on legacy SH: + "renesas,rspi-<soctype>", "renesas,rspi" as fallback. + For Renesas Serial Peripheral Interface on RZ/A1H: + "renesas,rspi-<soctype>", "renesas,rspi-rz" as fallback. + For Quad Serial Peripheral Interface on R-Car Gen2: + "renesas,qspi-<soctype>", "renesas,qspi" as fallback. + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,rspi-sh7757" (SH) + - "renesas,rspi-r7s72100" (RZ/A1H) + - "renesas,qspi-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) + - "renesas,qspi-r8a7791" (R-Car M2) +- reg : Address start and address range size of the device +- interrupts : A list of interrupt-specifiers, one for each entry in + interrupt-names. + If interrupt-names is not present, an interrupt specifier + for a single muxed interrupt. +- interrupt-names : A list of interrupt names. Should contain (if present): + - "error" for SPEI, + - "rx" for SPRI, + - "tx" to SPTI, + - "mux" for a single muxed interrupt. +- interrupt-parent : The phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device. +- num-cs : Number of chip selects. Some RSPI cores have more than 1. +- #address-cells : Must be <1> +- #size-cells : Must be <0> + +Optional properties: +- clocks : Must contain a reference to the functional clock. + +Pinctrl properties might be needed, too. See +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,*. + +Examples: + + spi0: spi@e800c800 { + compatible = "renesas,rspi-r7s72100", "renesas,rspi-rz"; + reg = <0xe800c800 0x24>; + interrupts = <0 238 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 239 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 240 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "error", "rx", "tx"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + num-cs = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + + spi: spi@e6b10000 { + compatible = "renesas,qspi-r8a7791", "renesas,qspi"; + reg = <0 0xe6b10000 0 0x2c>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 184 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp9_clks R8A7791_CLK_QSPI_MOD>; + num-cs = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun4i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun4i.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de827f5a301e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun4i.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Allwinner A10 SPI controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "allwinner,sun4-a10-spi". +- reg: Should contain register location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain interrupt. +- clocks: phandle to the clocks feeding the SPI controller. Two are + needed: + - "ahb": the gated AHB parent clock + - "mod": the parent module clock +- clock-names: Must contain the clock names described just above + +Example: + +spi1: spi@01c06000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-spi"; + reg = <0x01c06000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <11>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 21>, <&spi1_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod"; + status = "disabled"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun6i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun6i.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..21de73db6a05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sun6i.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Allwinner A31 SPI controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi". +- reg: Should contain register location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain interrupt. +- clocks: phandle to the clocks feeding the SPI controller. Two are + needed: + - "ahb": the gated AHB parent clock + - "mod": the parent module clock +- clock-names: Must contain the clock names described just above +- resets: phandle to the reset controller asserting this device in + reset + +Example: + +spi1: spi@01c69000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi"; + reg = <0x01c69000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 66 4>; + clocks = <&ahb1_gates 21>, <&spi1_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod"; + resets = <&ahb1_rst 21>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xtensa-xtfpga.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xtensa-xtfpga.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6ebe2bc7041 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-xtensa-xtfpga.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Cadence Xtensa XTFPGA platform SPI controller. + +This simple SPI master controller is built into xtfpga bitstreams and is used +to control daughterboard audio codec. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "cdns,xtfpga-spi". +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt index 07e04cdc0c9e..4f8184d069cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi_atmel.txt @@ -5,6 +5,9 @@ Required properties: - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain spi interrupt - cs-gpios: chipselects +- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: "spi_clk" +- clocks: phandles to input clocks. Example: @@ -14,6 +17,8 @@ spi1: spi@fffcc000 { interrupts = <13 4 5>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&spi1_clk>; + clock-names = "spi_clk"; cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>; status = "okay"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..715d0998af8e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +Qualcomm SPMI Controller (PMIC Arbiter) + +The SPMI PMIC Arbiter is found on the Snapdragon 800 Series. It is an SPMI +controller with wrapping arbitration logic to allow for multiple on-chip +devices to control a single SPMI master. + +The PMIC Arbiter can also act as an interrupt controller, providing interrupts +to slave devices. + +See spmi.txt for the generic SPMI controller binding requirements for child +nodes. + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +generic interrupt controller binding documentation. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "qcom,spmi-pmic-arb". +- reg-names : must contain: + "core" - core registers + "intr" - interrupt controller registers + "cnfg" - configuration registers +- reg : address + size pairs describing the PMIC arb register sets; order must + correspond with the order of entries in reg-names +- #address-cells : must be set to 2 +- #size-cells : must be set to 0 +- qcom,ee : indicates the active Execution Environment identifier (0-5) +- qcom,channel : which of the PMIC Arb provided channels to use for accesses (0-5) +- interrupts : interrupt list for the PMIC Arb controller, must contain a + single interrupt entry for the peripheral interrupt +- interrupt-names : corresponding interrupt names for the interrupts + listed in the 'interrupts' property, must contain: + "periph_irq" - summary interrupt for PMIC peripherals +- interrupt-controller : boolean indicator that the PMIC arbiter is an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 4. Interrupts are specified as a 4-tuple: + cell 1: slave ID for the requested interrupt (0-15) + cell 2: peripheral ID for requested interrupt (0-255) + cell 3: the requested peripheral interrupt (0-7) + cell 4: interrupt flags indicating level-sense information, as defined in + dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h + +Example: + + spmi { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-pmic-arb"; + reg-names = "core", "intr", "cnfg"; + reg = <0xfc4cf000 0x1000>, + <0xfc4cb000 0x1000>, + <0xfc4ca000 0x1000>; + + interrupt-names = "periph_irq"; + interrupts = <0 190 0>; + + qcom,ee = <0>; + qcom,channel = <0>; + + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..462a42fb3a1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +System Power Management Interface (SPMI) Controller + +This document defines a generic set of bindings for use by SPMI controllers. A +controller is modelled in device tree as a node with zero or more child nodes, +each representing a unique slave on the bus. + +Required properties: +- #address-cells : must be set to 2 +- #size-cells : must be set to 0 + +Child nodes: + +An SPMI controller node can contain zero or more child nodes representing slave +devices on the bus. Child 'reg' properties are specified as an address, type +pair. The address must be in the range 0-15 (4 bits). The type must be one of +SPMI_USID (0) or SPMI_GSID (1) for Unique Slave ID or Group Slave ID respectively. +These are the identifiers "statically assigned by the system integrator", as +per the SPMI spec. + +Each child node must have one and only one 'reg' entry of type SPMI_USID. + +#include <dt-bindings/spmi/spmi.h> + + spmi@.. { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <...>; + + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells <0>; + + child@0 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <0 SPMI_USID>; + }; + + child@7 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <7 SPMI_USID + 3 SPMI_GSID>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt index b876d4925a57..3be5ce7a9654 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/fsl-imx-drm.txt @@ -1,3 +1,22 @@ +Freescale i.MX DRM master device +================================ + +The freescale i.MX DRM master device is a virtual device needed to list all +IPU or other display interface nodes that comprise the graphics subsystem. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx-display-subsystem" +- ports: Should contain a list of phandles pointing to display interface ports + of IPU devices + +example: + +display-subsystem { + compatible = "fsl,display-subsystem"; + ports = <&ipu_di0>; +}; + + Freescale i.MX IPUv3 ==================== @@ -7,18 +26,31 @@ Required properties: datasheet - interrupts: Should contain sync interrupt and error interrupt, in this order. -- #crtc-cells: 1, See below - resets: phandle pointing to the system reset controller and reset line index, see reset/fsl,imx-src.txt for details +Optional properties: +- port@[0-3]: Port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + Ports 0 and 1 should correspond to CSI0 and CSI1, + ports 2 and 3 should correspond to DI0 and DI1, respectively. example: ipu: ipu@18000000 { - #crtc-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; compatible = "fsl,imx53-ipu"; reg = <0x18000000 0x080000000>; interrupts = <11 10>; resets = <&src 2>; + + ipu_di0: port@2 { + reg = <2>; + + ipu_di0_disp0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&display_in>; + }; + }; }; Parallel display support @@ -26,19 +58,25 @@ Parallel display support Required properties: - compatible: Should be "fsl,imx-parallel-display" -- crtc: the crtc this display is connected to, see below Optional properties: - interface_pix_fmt: How this display is connected to the - crtc. Currently supported types: "rgb24", "rgb565", "bgr666" + display interface. Currently supported types: "rgb24", "rgb565", "bgr666" - edid: verbatim EDID data block describing attached display. - ddc: phandle describing the i2c bus handling the display data channel +- port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. example: display@di0 { compatible = "fsl,imx-parallel-display"; edid = [edid-data]; - crtc = <&ipu 0>; interface-pix-fmt = "rgb24"; + + port { + display_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_disp0>; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b756cf9afb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/hdmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for HDMI Transmitter + +HDMI Transmitter +================ + +The HDMI Transmitter is a Synopsys DesignWare HDMI 1.4 TX controller IP +with accompanying PHY IP. + +Required properties: + - #address-cells : should be <1> + - #size-cells : should be <0> + - compatible : should be "fsl,imx6q-hdmi" or "fsl,imx6dl-hdmi". + - gpr : should be <&gpr>. + The phandle points to the iomuxc-gpr region containing the HDMI + multiplexer control register. + - clocks, clock-names : phandles to the HDMI iahb and isrf clocks, as described + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt and + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt. + - port@[0-4]: Up to four port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt, + corresponding to the four inputs to the HDMI multiplexer. + +Optional properties: + - ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing + +example: + + gpr: iomuxc-gpr@020e0000 { + /* ... */ + }; + + hdmi: hdmi@0120000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-hdmi"; + reg = <0x00120000 0x9000>; + interrupts = <0 115 0x04>; + gpr = <&gpr>; + clocks = <&clks 123>, <&clks 124>; + clock-names = "iahb", "isfr"; + ddc-i2c-bus = <&i2c2>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + + hdmi_mux_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_di0_hdmi>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + hdmi_mux_1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_di1_hdmi>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt index ed9377811ee2..578a1fca366e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/imx-drm/ldb.txt @@ -50,12 +50,14 @@ have a look at Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt. Required properties: - reg : should be <0> or <1> - - crtcs : a list of phandles with index pointing to the IPU display interfaces - that can be used as video source for this channel. - fsl,data-mapping : should be "spwg" or "jeida" This describes how the color bits are laid out in the serialized LVDS signal. - fsl,data-width : should be <18> or <24> + - port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + On i.MX6, there should be four ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond + to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs. example: @@ -77,23 +79,33 @@ ldb: ldb@53fa8008 { lvds-channel@0 { reg = <0>; - crtcs = <&ipu 0>; fsl,data-mapping = "spwg"; fsl,data-width = <24>; display-timings { /* ... */ }; + + port { + lvds0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_lvds0>; + }; + }; }; lvds-channel@1 { reg = <1>; - crtcs = <&ipu 1>; fsl,data-mapping = "spwg"; fsl,data-width = <24>; display-timings { /* ... */ }; + + port { + lvds1_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di1_lvds1>; + }; + }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt index 48aeb7884ed3..5c2e23574ca0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-timer.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Allwinner A1X SoCs Timer Controller Required properties: -- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-timer" +- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer" - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : The interrupt of the first timer - clocks: phandle to the source clock (usually a 24 MHz fixed clock) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required properties: Example: timer { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-timer"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer"; reg = <0x01c20c00 0x400>; interrupts = <22>; clocks = <&osc>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,keystone-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,keystone-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5fbe361252b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,keystone-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Device tree bindings for Texas instruments Keystone timer + +This document provides bindings for the 64-bit timer in the KeyStone +architecture devices. The timer can be configured as a general-purpose 64-bit +timer, dual general-purpose 32-bit timers. When configured as dual 32-bit +timers, each half can operate in conjunction (chain mode) or independently +(unchained mode) of each other. + +It is global timer is a free running up-counter and can generate interrupt +when the counter reaches preset counter values. + +Documentation: +http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugv5a/sprugv5a.pdf + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "ti,keystone-timer". +- reg : specifies base physical address and count of the registers. +- interrupts : interrupt generated by the timer. +- clocks : the clock feeding the timer clock. + +Example: + +timer@22f0000 { + compatible = "ti,keystone-timer"; + reg = <0x022f0000 0x80>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 110 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + clocks = <&clktimer15>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt index b4b5b7906c88..a6a32cb7f777 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-imx.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Optional properties: - vbus-supply: regulator for vbus - disable-over-current: disable over current detect - external-vbus-divider: enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus +- maximum-speed: limit the maximum connection speed to "full-speed". Examples: usb@02184000 { /* USB OTG */ @@ -28,4 +29,5 @@ usb@02184000 { /* USB OTG */ fsl,usbmisc = <&usbmisc 0>; disable-over-current; external-vbus-divider; + maximum-speed = "full-speed"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..abbcb2aea38c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-zevio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* LSI Zevio USB OTG Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "lsi,zevio-usb" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain controller interrupt + +Optional properties: +- vbus-supply: regulator for vbus + +Examples: + usb0: usb@b0000000 { + reg = <0xb0000000 0x1000>; + compatible = "lsi,zevio-usb"; + interrupts = <8>; + vbus-supply = <&vbus_reg>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index e807635f9e1c..471366d6a129 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -6,11 +6,13 @@ Required properties: - compatible: must be "snps,dwc3" - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Interrupts used by the dwc3 controller. + +Optional properties: - usb-phy : array of phandle for the PHY device. The first element in the array is expected to be a handle to the USB2/HS PHY and the second element is expected to be a handle to the USB3/SS PHY - -Optional properties: + - phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings + - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt index 5835b27146ea..cef181a9d8bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mxs-phy.txt @@ -1,13 +1,19 @@ * Freescale MXS USB Phy Device Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx23-usbphy" +- compatible: should contain: + * "fsl,imx23-usbphy" for imx23 and imx28 + * "fsl,imx6q-usbphy" for imx6dq and imx6dl + * "fsl,imx6sl-usbphy" for imx6sl + "fsl,imx23-usbphy" is still a fallback for other strings - reg: Should contain registers location and length - interrupts: Should contain phy interrupt +- fsl,anatop: phandle for anatop register, it is only for imx6 SoC series Example: usbphy1: usbphy@020c9000 { compatible = "fsl,imx6q-usbphy", "fsl,imx23-usbphy"; reg = <0x020c9000 0x1000>; interrupts = <0 44 0x04>; + fsl,anatop = <&anatop>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt index c495135115cb..38b2faec4199 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt @@ -76,27 +76,3 @@ omap_dwc3 { ranges; }; -OMAP CONTROL USB - -Required properties: - - compatible: Should be one of - "ti,control-phy-otghs" - if it has otghs_control mailbox register as on OMAP4. - "ti,control-phy-usb2" - if it has Power down bit in control_dev_conf register - e.g. USB2_PHY on OMAP5. - "ti,control-phy-pipe3" - if it has DPLL and individual Rx & Tx power control - e.g. USB3 PHY and SATA PHY on OMAP5. - "ti,control-phy-dra7usb2" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on - DRA7 platform. - "ti,control-phy-am437usb2" - if it has power down register like USB2 PHY on - AM437 platform. - - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains - the address of "otghs_control" for control-phy-otghs or "power" register - for other types. - - reg-names: should be "otghs_control" control-phy-otghs and "power" for - other types. - -omap_control_usb: omap-control-usb@4a002300 { - compatible = "ti,control-phy-otghs"; - reg = <0x4a00233c 0x4>; - reg-names = "otghs_control"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt index fa18612f757b..ff151ec084c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ USB EHCI controllers Required properties: - - compatible : should be "usb-ehci". + - compatible : should be "generic-ehci". - reg : should contain at least address and length of the standard EHCI register set for the device. Optional platform-dependent registers (debug-port or other) can be also specified here, but only after definition of standard EHCI registers. - interrupts : one EHCI interrupt should be described here. -If device registers are implemented in big endian mode, the device -node should have "big-endian-regs" property. -If controller implementation operates with big endian descriptors, -"big-endian-desc" property should be specified. -If both big endian registers and descriptors are used by the controller -implementation, "big-endian" property can be specified instead of having -both "big-endian-regs" and "big-endian-desc". + +Optional properties: + - big-endian-regs : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian registers + - big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors + - big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc + - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs + - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair + - phy-names : "usb" Example (Sequoia 440EPx): ehci@e0000300 { @@ -23,3 +24,13 @@ Example (Sequoia 440EPx): reg = <0 e0000300 90 0 e0000390 70>; big-endian; }; + +Example (Allwinner sun4i A10 SoC): + ehci0: usb@01c14000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ehci", "generic-ehci"; + reg = <0x01c14000 0x100>; + interrupts = <39>; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 1>; + phys = <&usbphy 1>; + phy-names = "usb"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..45f67d91e888 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +USB OHCI controllers + +Required properties: +- compatible : "generic-ohci" +- reg : ohci controller register range (address and length) +- interrupts : ohci controller interrupt + +Optional properties: +- big-endian-regs : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian registers +- big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors +- big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc +- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs +- phys : phandle + phy specifier pair +- phy-names : "usb" + +Example: + + ohci0: usb@01c14400 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ohci", "generic-ohci"; + reg = <0x01c14400 0x100>; + interrupts = <64>; + clocks = <&usb_clk 6>, <&ahb_gates 2>; + phys = <&usbphy 1>; + phy-names = "usb"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c0245c888982..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-phy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -USB PHY - -OMAP USB2 PHY - -Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb2" - - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. - - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the - phandle while referencing this phy. - -Optional properties: - - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on - the PHY. - -This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. - -usb2phy@4a0ad080 { - compatible = "ti,omap-usb2"; - reg = <0x4a0ad080 0x58>; - ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>; - #phy-cells = <0>; -}; - -OMAP USB3 PHY - -Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "ti,omap-usb3" - - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device. - - reg-names: The names of the register addresses corresponding to the registers - filled in "reg". - - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the - phandle while referencing this phy. - -Optional properties: - - ctrl-module : phandle of the control module used by PHY driver to power on - the PHY. - -This is usually a subnode of ocp2scp to which it is connected. - -usb3phy@4a084400 { - compatible = "ti,omap-usb3"; - reg = <0x4a084400 0x80>, - <0x4a084800 0x64>, - <0x4a084c00 0x40>; - reg-names = "phy_rx", "phy_tx", "pll_ctrl"; - ctrl-module = <&omap_control_usb>; - #phy-cells = <0>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/platform-uhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt index a4fb0719d157..298133416c97 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/platform-uhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ Generic Platform UHCI Controller ----------------------------------------------------- Required properties: -- compatible : "platform-uhci" +- compatible : "generic-uhci" (deprecated: "platform-uhci") - reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) - interrupts : UHCI controller interrupt Example: uhci@d8007b00 { - compatible = "platform-uhci"; + compatible = "generic-uhci"; reg = <0xd8007b00 0x200>; interrupts = <43>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt index 5752df0e17a2..90f8f607d125 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ USB xHCI controllers Required properties: - - compatible: should be "xhci-platform". + - compatible: should be "generic-xhci" (deprecated: "xhci-platform"). - reg: should contain address and length of the standard XHCI register set for the device. - interrupts: one XHCI interrupt should be described here. Example: usb@f0931000 { - compatible = "xhci-platform"; + compatible = "generic-xhci"; reg = <0xf0931000 0x8c8>; interrupts = <0x0 0x4e 0x0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/via,vt8500-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/via,vt8500-ehci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 17b3ad1d97e7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/via,vt8500-ehci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 EHCI Controller ------------------------------------------------------ - -Required properties: -- compatible : "via,vt8500-ehci" -- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) -- interrupts : ehci controller interrupt - -Example: - - ehci@d8007900 { - compatible = "via,vt8500-ehci"; - reg = <0xd8007900 0x200>; - interrupts = <43>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/vt8500-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/vt8500-ehci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5fb8fd6e250c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/vt8500-ehci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -VIA VT8500 and Wondermedia WM8xxx SoC USB controllers. - -Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "via,vt8500-ehci" or "wm,prizm-ehci". - - reg: Address range of the ehci registers. size should be 0x200 - - interrupts: Should contain the ehci interrupt. - -usb: ehci@D8007100 { - compatible = "wm,prizm-ehci", "usb-ehci"; - reg = <0xD8007100 0x200>; - interrupts = <1>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index 3f900cd51bf0..40ce2df0e0e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ ad Avionic Design GmbH adi Analog Devices, Inc. aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB ak Asahi Kasei Corp. +allwinner Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd. altr Altera Corp. amcc Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC) amstaos AMS-Taos Inc. @@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc. gumstix Gumstix, Inc. haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. +honeywell Honeywell hp Hewlett Packard ibm International Business Machines (IBM) idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. @@ -55,6 +57,7 @@ maxim Maxim Integrated Products microchip Microchip Technology Inc. mosaixtech Mosaix Technologies, Inc. national National Semiconductor +neonode Neonode Inc. nintendo Nintendo nvidia NVIDIA nxp NXP Semiconductors @@ -64,7 +67,7 @@ phytec PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH picochip Picochip Ltd powervr PowerVR (deprecated, use img) qca Qualcomm Atheros, Inc. -qcom Qualcomm, Inc. +qcom Qualcomm Technologies, Inc ralink Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp. ramtron Ramtron International realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. @@ -78,6 +81,7 @@ silabs Silicon Laboratories simtek sirf SiRF Technology, Inc. snps Synopsys, Inc. +spansion Spansion Inc. st STMicroelectronics ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/of-xilinx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/of-xilinx-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d63782a7378 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/of-xilinx-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Xilinx AXI/PLB soft-core watchdog Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "xlnx,xps-timebase-wdt-1.00.a" or + "xlnx,xps-timebase-wdt-1.01.a". +- reg : Physical base address and size + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency : Frequency of clock in Hz +- xlnx,wdt-enable-once : 0 - Watchdog can be restarted + 1 - Watchdog can be enabled just once +- xlnx,wdt-interval : Watchdog timeout interval in 2^<val> clock cycles, + <val> is integer from 8 to 31. + +Example: +axi-timebase-wdt@40100000 { + clock-frequency = <50000000>; + compatible = "xlnx,xps-timebase-wdt-1.00.a"; + reg = <0x40100000 0x10000>; + xlnx,wdt-enable-once = <0x0>; + xlnx,wdt-interval = <0x1b>; +} ; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt index e39cb266c8f4..b8f75c51453a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ Allwinner SoCs Watchdog timer Required properties: -- compatible : should be "allwinner,<soc-family>-wdt", the currently supported - SoC families being sun4i and sun6i +- compatible : should be either "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt" or + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt" - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. Example: wdt: watchdog@01c20c90 { - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-wdt"; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt"; reg = <0x01c20c90 0x10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX b/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX index 30a70542e823..fe85e7c5907a 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/fb/00-INDEX @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ please mail me. 00-INDEX - this file. +api.txt + - The frame buffer API between applications and buffer devices. arkfb.txt - info on the fbdev driver for ARK Logic chips. aty128fb.txt @@ -51,12 +53,16 @@ sh7760fb.txt - info on the SH7760/SH7763 integrated LCDC Framebuffer driver. sisfb.txt - info on the framebuffer device driver for various SiS chips. +sm501.txt + - info on the framebuffer device driver for sm501 videoframebuffer. sstfb.txt - info on the frame buffer driver for 3dfx' Voodoo Graphics boards. tgafb.txt - info on the TGA (DECChip 21030) frame buffer driver. tridentfb.txt info on the framebuffer driver for some Trident chip based cards. +udlfb.txt + - Driver for DisplayLink USB 2.0 chips. uvesafb.txt - info on the userspace VESA (VBE2+ compliant) frame buffer device. vesafb.txt diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX index 632211cbdd56..ac28149aede4 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ - this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux). Locking - info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS. +Makefile + - Makefile for building the filsystems-part of DocBook. 9p.txt - 9p (v9fs) is an implementation of the Plan 9 remote fs protocol. adfs.txt diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX index 66eb6c8c5334..53f3b596ac0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ nfs41-server.txt - info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1. nfs-rdma.txt - how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software +nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt + - Administrative interfaces for nfsd. nfsroot.txt - short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem. pnfs.txt @@ -20,5 +22,5 @@ rpc-cache.txt - introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer. idmapper.txt - information for configuring request-keys to be used by idmapper -knfsd-rpcgss.txt +rpc-server-gss.txt - Information on GSS authentication support in the NFS Server diff --git a/Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt b/Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt index 44a3bc678bf0..e0a9712156aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt +++ b/Documentation/fmc/fmc-write-eeprom.txt @@ -9,7 +9,12 @@ Overwriting the EEPROM is not something you should do daily, and it is expected to only happen during manufacturing. For this reason, the module makes it unlikely for the random user to change a working EEPROM. -The module takes the following measures: +However, since the EEPROM may include application-specific information +other than the identification, later versions of this packages added +write-support through sysfs. See *note Accessing the EEPROM::. + +To avoid damaging the EEPROM content, the module takes the following +measures: * It accepts a `file=' argument (within /lib/firmware) and if no such argument is received, it doesn't write anything to EEPROM @@ -70,56 +75,24 @@ first time. [ 132.899872] fake-fmc: Product name: FmcDelay1ns4cha -Writing to the EEPROM +Accessing the EEPROM ===================== -Once you have created a binary file for your EEPROM, you can write it -to the storage medium using the fmc-write-eeprom (See *note -fmc-write-eeprom::, while relying on a carrier driver. The procedure -here shown here uses the SPEC driver -(`http://www.ohwr.org/projects/spec-sw'). - -The example assumes no driver is already loaded (actually, I unloaded -them by hand as everything loads automatically at boot time after you -installed the modules), and shows kernel messages together with -commands. Here the prompt is spusa.root# and two SPEC cards are plugged -in the system. - - spusa.root# insmod fmc.ko - spusa.root# insmod spec.ko - [13972.382818] spec 0000:02:00.0: probe for device 0002:0000 - [13972.392773] spec 0000:02:00.0: got file "fmc/spec-init.bin", 1484404 (0x16a674) bytes - [13972.591388] spec 0000:02:00.0: FPGA programming successful - [13972.883011] spec 0000:02:00.0: EEPROM has no FRU information - [13972.888719] spec 0000:02:00.0: No device_id filled, using index - [13972.894676] spec 0000:02:00.0: No mezzanine_name found - [13972.899863] /home/rubini/wip/spec-sw/kernel/spec-gpio.c - spec_gpio_init - [13972.906578] spec 0000:04:00.0: probe for device 0004:0000 - [13972.916509] spec 0000:04:00.0: got file "fmc/spec-init.bin", 1484404 (0x16a674) bytes - [13973.115096] spec 0000:04:00.0: FPGA programming successful - [13973.401798] spec 0000:04:00.0: EEPROM has no FRU information - [13973.407474] spec 0000:04:00.0: No device_id filled, using index - [13973.413417] spec 0000:04:00.0: No mezzanine_name found - [13973.418600] /home/rubini/wip/spec-sw/kernel/spec-gpio.c - spec_gpio_init - spusa.root# ls /sys/bus/fmc/devices - fmc-0000 fmc-0001 - spusa.root# insmod fmc-write-eeprom.ko busid=0x0200 file=fdelay-eeprom.bin - [14103.966259] spec 0000:02:00.0: Matching an generic driver (no ID) - [14103.975519] spec 0000:02:00.0: programming 6155 bytes - [14126.373762] spec 0000:02:00.0: write_eeprom: success - [14126.378770] spec 0000:04:00.0: Matching an generic driver (no ID) - [14126.384903] spec 0000:04:00.0: fmc_write_eeprom: no filename given: not programming - [14126.392600] fmc_write_eeprom: probe of fmc-0001 failed with error -2 - -Reading back the EEPROM -======================= - -In order to read back the binary content of the EEPROM of your -mezzanine device, the bus creates a read-only sysfs file called eeprom -for each mezzanine it knows about: - - spusa.root# cd /sys/bus/fmc/devices; ls -l */eeprom - -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Apr 9 16:53 FmcDelay1ns4cha-f001/eeprom - -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Apr 9 17:19 fake-design-for-testing-f002/eeprom - -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Apr 9 17:19 fake-design-for-testing-f003/eeprom - -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Apr 9 17:19 fmc-f004/eeprom +The bus creates a sysfs binary file called eeprom for each mezzanine it +knows about: + + spusa.root# cd /sys/bus/fmc/devices; ls -l */eeprom + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Feb 21 12:30 FmcAdc100m14b4cha-0800/eeprom + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Feb 21 12:30 FmcDelay1ns4cha-0200/eeprom + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 8192 Feb 21 12:30 FmcDio5cha-0400/eeprom + +Everybody can read the files and the superuser can also modify it, but +the operation may on the carrier driver, if the carrier is unable to +access the I2C bus. For example, the spec driver can access the bus +only with its golden gateware: after a mezzanine driver reprogrammed +the FPGA with a custom circuit, the carrier is unable to access the +EEPROM and returns ENOTSUPP. + +An alternative way to write the EEPROM is the mezzanine driver +fmc-write-eeprom (See *note fmc-write-eeprom::), but the procedure is +more complex. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 b/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..39c95004dabc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Kernel driver adc128d818 +======================== + +Supported chips: + * Texas Instruments ADC818D818 + Prefix: 'adc818d818' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f + Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website + http://www.ti.com/ + +Author: Guenter Roeck + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADC128D818. +It is described as 'ADC System Monitor with Temperature Sensor'. + +The ADC128D818 implements one temperature sensor and seven voltage sensors. + +Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There is one set of limits. +When the HOT Temperature Limit is crossed, this will cause an alarm that will +be reasserted until the temperature drops below the HOT Hysteresis. +Measurements are guaranteed between -55 and +125 degrees. The temperature +measurement has a resolution of 0.5 degrees; the limits have a resolution +of 1 degree. + +Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts. +An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum +or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to +zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage +inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 2.55 volts, with a resolution +of 0.625 mV. + +If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register +is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may +already have disappeared by the time the alarm is read. The driver +caches the alarm status for each sensor until it is at least reported +once, to ensure that alarms are reported to user space. + +The ADC128D818 only updates its values approximately once per second; +reading it more often will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. + +In addition to the scanned address list, the chip can also be configured for +addresses 0x35 to 0x37. Those addresses are not scanned. You have to instantiate +the driver explicitly if the chip is configured for any of those addresses in +your system. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 index cbd8aeab7124..77eaf2812d25 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm95245 @@ -24,8 +24,12 @@ is given within a range of -127 to +127.875 degrees. Remote temperatures are given within a range of -127 to +255 degrees. Resolution depends on temperature input and range. -Each sensor has its own critical limit, but the hysteresis is common to all -two channels. +Each sensor has its own critical limit. Additionally, there is a relative +hysteresis value common to both critical limits. To make life easier to +user-space applications, two absolute values are exported, one for each +channel, but these values are of course linked. Only the local hysteresis +can be set from user-space, and the same delta applies to the remote +hysteresis. The lm95245 driver can change its update interval to a fixed set of values. It will round up to the next selectable interval. See the datasheet for exact diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2945 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2945 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8d0f7f19adb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2945 @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +Kernel driver ltc2945 +===================== + +Supported chips: + * Linear Technology LTC2945 + Prefix: 'ltc2945' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: + http://cds.linear.com/docs/en/datasheet/2945fa.pdf + +Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> + + +Description +----------- + +The LTC2945 is a rail-to-rail system monitor that measures current, voltage, +and power consumption. + + +Usage Notes +----------- + +This driver does not probe for LTC2945 devices, since there is no register +which can be safely used to identify the chip. You will have to instantiate +the devices explicitly. + +Example: the following will load the driver for an LTC2945 at address 0x10 +on I2C bus #1: +$ modprobe ltc2945 +$ echo ltc2945 0x10 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-1/new_device + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +Voltage readings provided by this driver are reported as obtained from the ADC +registers. If a set of voltage divider resistors is installed, calculate the +real voltage by multiplying the reported value with (R1+R2)/R2, where R1 is the +value of the divider resistor against the measured voltage and R2 is the value +of the divider resistor against Ground. + +Current reading provided by this driver is reported as obtained from the ADC +Current Sense register. The reported value assumes that a 1 mOhm sense resistor +is installed. If a different sense resistor is installed, calculate the real +current by dividing the reported value by the sense resistor value in mOhm. + +in1_input VIN voltage (mV). Voltage is measured either at + SENSE+ or VDD pin depending on chip configuration. +in1_min Undervoltage threshold +in1_max Overvoltage threshold +in1_lowest Lowest measured voltage +in1_highest Highest measured voltage +in1_reset_history Write 1 to reset in1 history +in1_min_alarm Undervoltage alarm +in1_max_alarm Overvoltage alarm + +in2_input ADIN voltage (mV) +in2_min Undervoltage threshold +in2_max Overvoltage threshold +in2_lowest Lowest measured voltage +in2_highest Highest measured voltage +in2_reset_history Write 1 to reset in2 history +in2_min_alarm Undervoltage alarm +in2_max_alarm Overvoltage alarm + +curr1_input SENSE current (mA) +curr1_min Undercurrent threshold +curr1_max Overcurrent threshold +curr1_lowest Lowest measured current +curr1_highest Highest measured current +curr1_reset_history Write 1 to reset curr1 history +curr1_min_alarm Undercurrent alarm +curr1_max_alarm Overcurrent alarm + +power1_input Power (in uW). Power is calculated based on SENSE+/VDD + voltage or ADIN voltage depending on chip configuration. +power1_min Low lower threshold +power1_max High power threshold +power1_input_lowest Historical minimum power use +power1_input_highest Historical maximum power use +power1_reset_history Write 1 to reset power1 history +power1_min_alarm Low power alarm +power1_max_alarm High power alarm diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 index a0546fc42273..686c078bb0e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc2978 @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'ltc3883' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: http://www.linear.com/product/ltc3883 + * Linear Technology LTM4676 + Prefix: 'ltm4676' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.linear.com/product/ltm4676 Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> @@ -33,7 +37,8 @@ Description LTC2974 is a quad digital power supply manager. LTC2978 is an octal power supply monitor. LTC2977 is a pin compatible replacement for LTC2978. LTC3880 is a dual output poly-phase step-down DC/DC controller. LTC3883 is a single phase -step-down DC/DC controller. +step-down DC/DC controller. LTM4676 is a dual 13A or single 26A uModule +regulator. Usage Notes @@ -75,7 +80,7 @@ in[N]_label "vout[1-8]". LTC2974: N=2-5 LTC2977: N=2-9 LTC2978: N=2-9 - LTC3880: N=2-3 + LTC3880, LTM4676: N=2-3 LTC3883: N=2 in[N]_input Measured output voltage. in[N]_min Minimum output voltage. @@ -95,7 +100,7 @@ temp[N]_input Measured temperature. and temp5 reports the chip temperature. On LTC2977 and LTC2978, only one temperature measurement is supported and reports the chip temperature. - On LTC3880, temp1 and temp2 report external + On LTC3880 and LTM4676, temp1 and temp2 report external temperatures, and temp3 reports the chip temperature. On LTC3883, temp1 reports an external temperature, and temp2 reports the chip temperature. @@ -123,11 +128,11 @@ power[N]_label "pout[1-4]". LTC2974: N=1-4 LTC2977: Not supported LTC2978: Not supported - LTC3880: N=1-2 + LTC3880, LTM4676: N=1-2 LTC3883: N=2 power[N]_input Measured output power. -curr1_label "iin". LTC3880 and LTC3883 only. +curr1_label "iin". LTC3880, LTC3883, and LTM4676 only. curr1_input Measured input current. curr1_max Maximum input current. curr1_max_alarm Input current high alarm. @@ -138,7 +143,7 @@ curr[N]_label "iout[1-4]". LTC2974: N=1-4 LTC2977: not supported LTC2978: not supported - LTC3880: N=2-3 + LTC3880, LTM4676: N=2-3 LTC3883: N=2 curr[N]_input Measured output current. curr[N]_max Maximum output current. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4260 b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4260 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c4ff4ad998b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4260 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +Kernel driver ltc4260 +===================== + +Supported chips: + * Linear Technology LTC4260 + Prefix: 'ltc4260' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: + http://cds.linear.com/docs/en/datasheet/4260fc.pdf + +Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> + + +Description +----------- + +The LTC4260 Hot Swap controller allows a board to be safely inserted +and removed from a live backplane. + + +Usage Notes +----------- + +This driver does not probe for LTC4260 devices, since there is no register +which can be safely used to identify the chip. You will have to instantiate +the devices explicitly. + +Example: the following will load the driver for an LTC4260 at address 0x10 +on I2C bus #1: +$ modprobe ltc4260 +$ echo ltc4260 0x10 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/i2c-1/new_device + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +Voltage readings provided by this driver are reported as obtained from the ADC +registers. If a set of voltage divider resistors is installed, calculate the +real voltage by multiplying the reported value with (R1+R2)/R2, where R1 is the +value of the divider resistor against the measured voltage and R2 is the value +of the divider resistor against Ground. + +Current reading provided by this driver is reported as obtained from the ADC +Current Sense register. The reported value assumes that a 1 mOhm sense resistor +is installed. If a different sense resistor is installed, calculate the real +current by dividing the reported value by the sense resistor value in mOhm. + +in1_input SOURCE voltage (mV) +in1_min_alarm Undervoltage alarm +in1_max_alarm Overvoltage alarm + +in2_input ADIN voltage (mV) +in2_alarm Power bad alarm + +curr1_input SENSE current (mA) +curr1_alarm SENSE overcurrent alarm diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices index c70e7a7638d1..0d85ac1935b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices +++ b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ reason, the kernel code must instantiate I2C devices explicitly. There are several ways to achieve this, depending on the context and requirements. -Method 1: Declare the I2C devices by bus number ------------------------------------------------ +Method 1a: Declare the I2C devices by bus number +------------------------------------------------ This method is appropriate when the I2C bus is a system bus as is the case for many embedded systems. On such systems, each I2C bus has a number @@ -51,6 +51,43 @@ The devices will be automatically unbound and destroyed when the I2C bus they sit on goes away (if ever.) +Method 1b: Declare the I2C devices via devicetree +------------------------------------------------- + +This method has the same implications as method 1a. The declaration of I2C +devices is here done via devicetree as subnodes of the master controller. + +Example: + + i2c1: i2c@400a0000 { + /* ... master properties skipped ... */ + clock-frequency = <100000>; + + flash@50 { + compatible = "atmel,24c256"; + reg = <0x50>; + }; + + pca9532: gpio@60 { + compatible = "nxp,pca9532"; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x60>; + }; + }; + +Here, two devices are attached to the bus using a speed of 100kHz. For +additional properties which might be needed to set up the device, please refer +to its devicetree documentation in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/. + + +Method 1c: Declare the I2C devices via ACPI +------------------------------------------- + +ACPI can also describe I2C devices. There is special documentation for this +which is currently located at Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt. + + Method 2: Instantiate the devices explicitly -------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/ide/00-INDEX b/Documentation/ide/00-INDEX index d6b778842b75..22f98ca79539 100644 --- a/Documentation/ide/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/ide/00-INDEX @@ -10,3 +10,5 @@ ide-tape.txt - info on the IDE ATAPI streaming tape driver ide.txt - important info for users of ATA devices (IDE/EIDE disks and CD-ROMS). +warm-plug-howto.txt + - using sysfs to remove and add IDE devices.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 7116fda7077f..2311dad7a57a 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -231,6 +231,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. acpi_no_auto_ssdt [HW,ACPI] Disable automatic loading of SSDT + acpica_no_return_repair [HW, ACPI] + Disable AML predefined validation mechanism + This mechanism can repair the evaluation result to make + the return objects more ACPI specification compliant. + This option is useful for developers to identify the + root cause of an AML interpreter issue when the issue + has something to do with the repair mechanism. + acpi_os_name= [HW,ACPI] Tell ACPI BIOS the name of the OS Format: To spoof as Windows 98: ="Microsoft Windows" @@ -1011,6 +1019,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. parameter will force ia64_sal_cache_flush to call ia64_pal_cache_flush instead of SAL_CACHE_FLUSH. + forcepae [X86-32] + Forcefully enable Physical Address Extension (PAE). + Many Pentium M systems disable PAE but may have a + functionally usable PAE implementation. + Warning: use of this parameter will taint the kernel + and may cause unknown problems. + ftrace=[tracer] [FTRACE] will set and start the specified tracer as early as possible in order to facilitate early @@ -2053,8 +2068,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. IOAPICs that may be present in the system. nokaslr [X86] - Disable kernel base offset ASLR (Address Space - Layout Randomization) if built into the kernel. + Disable kernel and module base offset ASLR (Address + Space Layout Randomization) if built into the kernel. noautogroup Disable scheduler automatic task group creation. @@ -3409,14 +3424,24 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. of CONFIG_HIGHPTE. vdso= [X86,SH] - vdso=2: enable compat VDSO (default with COMPAT_VDSO) - vdso=1: enable VDSO (default) + On X86_32, this is an alias for vdso32=. Otherwise: + + vdso=1: enable VDSO (the default) vdso=0: disable VDSO mapping - vdso32= [X86] - vdso32=2: enable compat VDSO (default with COMPAT_VDSO) - vdso32=1: enable 32-bit VDSO (default) - vdso32=0: disable 32-bit VDSO mapping + vdso32= [X86] Control the 32-bit vDSO + vdso32=1: enable 32-bit VDSO + vdso32=0 or vdso32=2: disable 32-bit VDSO + + See the help text for CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO for more + details. If CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO is set, the default is + vdso32=0; otherwise, the default is vdso32=1. + + For compatibility with older kernels, vdso32=2 is an + alias for vdso32=0. + + Try vdso32=0 if you encounter an error that says: + dl_main: Assertion `(void *) ph->p_vaddr == _rtld_local._dl_sysinfo_dso' failed! vector= [IA-64,SMP] vector=percpu: enable percpu vector domain diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt b/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt index 827104fb9364..f3cd299fcc41 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.txt @@ -162,7 +162,18 @@ Purpose: Execute workqueue requests To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: 1. Run your workload at a real-time priority, which will allow preempting the kworker daemons. -2. Do any of the following needed to avoid jitter that your +2. A given workqueue can be made visible in the sysfs filesystem + by passing the WQ_SYSFS to that workqueue's alloc_workqueue(). + Such a workqueue can be confined to a given subset of the + CPUs using the /sys/devices/virtual/workqueue/*/cpumask sysfs + files. The set of WQ_SYSFS workqueues can be displayed using + "ls sys/devices/virtual/workqueue". That said, the workqueues + maintainer would like to caution people against indiscriminately + sprinkling WQ_SYSFS across all the workqueues. The reason for + caution is that it is easy to add WQ_SYSFS, but because sysfs is + part of the formal user/kernel API, it can be nearly impossible + to remove it, even if its addition was a mistake. +3. Do any of the following needed to avoid jitter that your application cannot tolerate: a. Build your kernel with CONFIG_SLUB=y rather than CONFIG_SLAB=y, thus avoiding the slab allocator's periodic diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX index fa688538e757..d13b9a9a9e00 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ 00-INDEX - This file -acer-wmi.txt - - information on the Acer Laptop WMI Extras driver. +Makefile + - Makefile for building dslm example program. asus-laptop.txt - information on the Asus Laptop Extras driver. disk-shock-protection.txt - information on hard disk shock protection. dslm.c - Simple Disk Sleep Monitor program +hpfall.c + - (HP) laptop accelerometer program for disk protection. laptop-mode.txt - how to conserve battery power using laptop-mode. sony-laptop.txt diff --git a/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX index 1ecd1596633e..b4ef1f34e25f 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/leds/00-INDEX @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +00-INDEX + - This file +leds-blinkm.txt + - Driver for BlinkM LED-devices. leds-class.txt - documents LED handling under Linux. leds-lp3944.txt @@ -12,3 +16,7 @@ leds-lp55xx.txt - description about lp55xx common driver. leds-lm3556.txt - notes on how to use the leds-lm3556 driver. +ledtrig-oneshot.txt + - One-shot LED trigger for both sporadic and dense events. +ledtrig-transient.txt + - LED Transient Trigger, one shot timer activation. diff --git a/Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX b/Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX index a014e9f00765..2be8c6b00e74 100644 --- a/Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/m68k/00-INDEX @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 00-INDEX - this file +README.buddha + - Amiga Buddha and Catweasel IDE Driver kernel-options.txt - command line options for Linux/m68k diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 102dc19c4119..11c1d2049662 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -608,26 +608,30 @@ as follows: b = p; /* BUG: Compiler can reorder!!! */ do_something(); -The solution is again ACCESS_ONCE(), which preserves the ordering between -the load from variable 'a' and the store to variable 'b': +The solution is again ACCESS_ONCE() and barrier(), which preserves the +ordering between the load from variable 'a' and the store to variable 'b': q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); if (q) { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); } else { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something_else(); } -You could also use barrier() to prevent the compiler from moving -the stores to variable 'b', but barrier() would not prevent the -compiler from proving to itself that a==1 always, so ACCESS_ONCE() -is also needed. +The initial ACCESS_ONCE() is required to prevent the compiler from +proving the value of 'a', and the pair of barrier() invocations are +required to prevent the compiler from pulling the two identical stores +to 'b' out from the legs of the "if" statement. It is important to note that control dependencies absolutely require a a conditional. For example, the following "optimized" version of -the above example breaks ordering: +the above example breaks ordering, which is why the barrier() invocations +are absolutely required if you have identical stores in both legs of +the "if" statement: q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; /* BUG: No ordering vs. load from a!!! */ @@ -643,9 +647,11 @@ It is of course legal for the prior load to be part of the conditional, for example, as follows: if (ACCESS_ONCE(a) > 0) { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = q / 2; do_something(); } else { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = q / 3; do_something_else(); } @@ -659,9 +665,11 @@ the needed conditional. For example: q = ACCESS_ONCE(a); if (q % MAX) { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something(); } else { + barrier(); ACCESS_ONCE(b) = p; do_something_else(); } @@ -723,8 +731,13 @@ In summary: use smb_rmb(), smp_wmb(), or, in the case of prior stores and later loads, smp_mb(). + (*) If both legs of the "if" statement begin with identical stores + to the same variable, a barrier() statement is required at the + beginning of each leg of the "if" statement. + (*) Control dependencies require at least one run-time conditional - between the prior load and the subsequent store. If the compiler + between the prior load and the subsequent store, and this + conditional must involve the prior load. If the compiler is able to optimize the conditional away, it will have also optimized away the ordering. Careful use of ACCESS_ONCE() can help to preserve the needed conditional. @@ -1249,6 +1262,23 @@ The ACCESS_ONCE() function can prevent any number of optimizations that, while perfectly safe in single-threaded code, can be fatal in concurrent code. Here are some examples of these sorts of optimizations: + (*) The compiler is within its rights to reorder loads and stores + to the same variable, and in some cases, the CPU is within its + rights to reorder loads to the same variable. This means that + the following code: + + a[0] = x; + a[1] = x; + + Might result in an older value of x stored in a[1] than in a[0]. + Prevent both the compiler and the CPU from doing this as follows: + + a[0] = ACCESS_ONCE(x); + a[1] = ACCESS_ONCE(x); + + In short, ACCESS_ONCE() provides cache coherence for accesses from + multiple CPUs to a single variable. + (*) The compiler is within its rights to merge successive loads from the same variable. Such merging can cause the compiler to "optimize" the following code: @@ -1644,12 +1674,12 @@ for each construct. These operations all imply certain barriers: Memory operations issued after the ACQUIRE will be completed after the ACQUIRE operation has completed. - Memory operations issued before the ACQUIRE may be completed after the - ACQUIRE operation has completed. An smp_mb__before_spinlock(), combined - with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior loads against subsequent stores and - stores and prior stores against subsequent stores. Note that this is - weaker than smp_mb()! The smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on - many architectures. + Memory operations issued before the ACQUIRE may be completed after + the ACQUIRE operation has completed. An smp_mb__before_spinlock(), + combined with a following ACQUIRE, orders prior loads against + subsequent loads and stores and also orders prior stores against + subsequent stores. Note that this is weaker than smp_mb()! The + smp_mb__before_spinlock() primitive is free on many architectures. (2) RELEASE operation implication: @@ -1694,24 +1724,21 @@ may occur as: ACQUIRE M, STORE *B, STORE *A, RELEASE M -This same reordering can of course occur if the lock's ACQUIRE and RELEASE are -to the same lock variable, but only from the perspective of another CPU not -holding that lock. - -In short, a RELEASE followed by an ACQUIRE may -not- be assumed to be a full -memory barrier because it is possible for a preceding RELEASE to pass a -later ACQUIRE from the viewpoint of the CPU, but not from the viewpoint -of the compiler. Note that deadlocks cannot be introduced by this -interchange because if such a deadlock threatened, the RELEASE would -simply complete. - -If it is necessary for a RELEASE-ACQUIRE pair to produce a full barrier, the -ACQUIRE can be followed by an smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() invocation. This -will produce a full barrier if either (a) the RELEASE and the ACQUIRE are -executed by the same CPU or task, or (b) the RELEASE and ACQUIRE act on the -same variable. The smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() primitive is free on many -architectures. Without smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), the critical sections -corresponding to the RELEASE and the ACQUIRE can cross: +When the ACQUIRE and RELEASE are a lock acquisition and release, +respectively, this same reordering can occur if the lock's ACQUIRE and +RELEASE are to the same lock variable, but only from the perspective of +another CPU not holding that lock. In short, a ACQUIRE followed by an +RELEASE may -not- be assumed to be a full memory barrier. + +Similarly, the reverse case of a RELEASE followed by an ACQUIRE does not +imply a full memory barrier. If it is necessary for a RELEASE-ACQUIRE +pair to produce a full barrier, the ACQUIRE can be followed by an +smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() invocation. This will produce a full barrier +if either (a) the RELEASE and the ACQUIRE are executed by the same +CPU or task, or (b) the RELEASE and ACQUIRE act on the same variable. +The smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() primitive is free on many architectures. +Without smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), the CPU's execution of the critical +sections corresponding to the RELEASE and the ACQUIRE can cross, so that: *A = a; RELEASE M @@ -1722,7 +1749,36 @@ could occur as: ACQUIRE N, STORE *B, STORE *A, RELEASE M -With smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), they cannot, so that: +It might appear that this reordering could introduce a deadlock. +However, this cannot happen because if such a deadlock threatened, +the RELEASE would simply complete, thereby avoiding the deadlock. + + Why does this work? + + One key point is that we are only talking about the CPU doing + the reordering, not the compiler. If the compiler (or, for + that matter, the developer) switched the operations, deadlock + -could- occur. + + But suppose the CPU reordered the operations. In this case, + the unlock precedes the lock in the assembly code. The CPU + simply elected to try executing the later lock operation first. + If there is a deadlock, this lock operation will simply spin (or + try to sleep, but more on that later). The CPU will eventually + execute the unlock operation (which preceded the lock operation + in the assembly code), which will unravel the potential deadlock, + allowing the lock operation to succeed. + + But what if the lock is a sleeplock? In that case, the code will + try to enter the scheduler, where it will eventually encounter + a memory barrier, which will force the earlier unlock operation + to complete, again unraveling the deadlock. There might be + a sleep-unlock race, but the locking primitive needs to resolve + such races properly in any case. + +With smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), the two critical sections cannot overlap. +For example, with the following code, the store to *A will always be +seen by other CPUs before the store to *B: *A = a; RELEASE M @@ -1730,13 +1786,18 @@ With smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), they cannot, so that: smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(); *B = b; -will always occur as either of the following: +The operations will always occur in one of the following orders: - STORE *A, RELEASE, ACQUIRE, STORE *B - STORE *A, ACQUIRE, RELEASE, STORE *B + STORE *A, RELEASE, ACQUIRE, smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), STORE *B + STORE *A, ACQUIRE, RELEASE, smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), STORE *B + ACQUIRE, STORE *A, RELEASE, smp_mb__after_unlock_lock(), STORE *B If the RELEASE and ACQUIRE were instead both operating on the same lock -variable, only the first of these two alternatives can occur. +variable, only the first of these alternatives can occur. In addition, +the more strongly ordered systems may rule out some of the above orders. +But in any case, as noted earlier, the smp_mb__after_unlock_lock() +ensures that the store to *A will always be seen as happening before +the store to *B. Locks and semaphores may not provide any guarantee of ordering on UP compiled systems, and so cannot be counted on in such a situation to actually achieve @@ -2757,7 +2818,7 @@ in that order, but, without intervention, the sequence may have almost any combination of elements combined or discarded, provided the program's view of the world remains consistent. Note that ACCESS_ONCE() is -not- optional in the above example, as there are architectures where a given CPU might -interchange successive loads to the same location. On such architectures, +reorder successive loads to the same location. On such architectures, ACCESS_ONCE() does whatever is necessary to prevent this, for example, on Itanium the volatile casts used by ACCESS_ONCE() cause GCC to emit the special ld.acq and st.rel instructions that prevent such reordering. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX index f11580f8719a..557b6ef70c26 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX @@ -6,8 +6,14 @@ - information on the 3Com Etherlink III Series Ethernet cards. 6pack.txt - info on the 6pack protocol, an alternative to KISS for AX.25 -DLINK.txt - - info on the D-Link DE-600/DE-620 parallel port pocket adapters +LICENSE.qla3xxx + - GPLv2 for QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver +LICENSE.qlge + - GPLv2 for QLogic Linux qlge NIC Driver +LICENSE.qlcnic + - GPLv2 for QLogic Linux qlcnic NIC Driver +Makefile + - Makefile for docsrc. PLIP.txt - PLIP: The Parallel Line Internet Protocol device driver README.ipw2100 @@ -17,7 +23,7 @@ README.ipw2200 README.sb1000 - info on General Instrument/NextLevel SURFboard1000 cable modem. alias.txt - - info on using alias network devices + - info on using alias network devices. arcnet-hardware.txt - tons of info on ARCnet, hubs, jumper settings for ARCnet cards, etc. arcnet.txt @@ -80,7 +86,7 @@ framerelay.txt - info on using Frame Relay/Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI). gen_stats.txt - Generic networking statistics for netlink users. -generic_hdlc.txt +generic-hdlc.txt - The generic High Level Data Link Control (HDLC) layer. generic_netlink.txt - info on Generic Netlink @@ -88,6 +94,8 @@ gianfar.txt - Gianfar Ethernet Driver. i40e.txt - README for the Intel Ethernet Controller XL710 Driver (i40e). +i40evf.txt + - Short note on the Driver for the Intel(R) XL710 X710 Virtual Function ieee802154.txt - Linux IEEE 802.15.4 implementation, API and drivers igb.txt @@ -102,6 +110,8 @@ ipddp.txt - AppleTalk-IP Decapsulation and AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation iphase.txt - Interphase PCI ATM (i)Chip IA Linux driver info. +ipsec.txt + - Note on not compressing IPSec payload and resulting failed policy check. ipv6.txt - Options to the ipv6 kernel module. ipvs-sysctl.txt @@ -120,6 +130,8 @@ lapb-module.txt - programming information of the LAPB module. ltpc.txt - the Apple or Farallon LocalTalk PC card driver +mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt + - authentication and association / deauth-disassoc with max80211 mac80211-injection.txt - HOWTO use packet injection with mac80211 multiqueue.txt @@ -134,6 +146,10 @@ netdevices.txt - info on network device driver functions exported to the kernel. netif-msg.txt - Design of the network interface message level setting (NETIF_MSG_*). +netlink_mmap.txt + - memory mapped I/O with netlink +nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt + - list of netfilter-sysctl knobs. nfc.txt - The Linux Near Field Communication (NFS) subsystem. openvswitch.txt @@ -176,7 +192,7 @@ skfp.txt - SysKonnect FDDI (SK-5xxx, Compaq Netelligent) driver info. smc9.txt - the driver for SMC's 9000 series of Ethernet cards -spider-net.txt +spider_net.txt - README for the Spidernet Driver (as found in PS3 / Cell BE). stmmac.txt - README for the STMicro Synopsys Ethernet driver. @@ -188,6 +204,8 @@ tcp.txt - short blurb on how TCP output takes place. tcp-thin.txt - kernel tuning options for low rate 'thin' TCP streams. +team.txt + - pointer to information for ethernet teaming devices. tlan.txt - ThunderLAN (Compaq Netelligent 10/100, Olicom OC-2xxx) driver info. tproxy.txt @@ -200,6 +218,8 @@ vortex.txt - info on using 3Com Vortex (3c590, 3c592, 3c595, 3c597) Ethernet cards. vxge.txt - README for the Neterion X3100 PCIe Server Adapter. +vxlan.txt + - Virtual extensible LAN overview x25.txt - general info on X.25 development. x25-iface.txt diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c505.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c505.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 72f38b13101d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/3c505.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -The 3Com Etherlink Plus (3c505) driver. - -This driver now uses DMA. There is currently no support for PIO operation. -The default DMA channel is 6; this is _not_ autoprobed, so you must -make sure you configure it correctly. If loading the driver as a -module, you can do this with "modprobe 3c505 dma=n". If the driver is -linked statically into the kernel, you must either use an "ether=" -statement on the command line, or change the definition of ELP_DMA in 3c505.h. - -The driver will warn you if it has to fall back on the compiled in -default DMA channel. - -If no base address is given at boot time, the driver will autoprobe -ports 0x300, 0x280 and 0x310 (in that order). If no IRQ is given, the driver -will try to probe for it. - -The driver can be used as a loadable module. - -Theoretically, one instance of the driver can now run multiple cards, -in the standard way (when loading a module, say "modprobe 3c505 -io=0x300,0x340 irq=10,11 dma=6,7" or whatever). I have not tested -this, though. - -The driver may now support revision 2 hardware; the dependency on -being able to read the host control register has been removed. This -is also untested, since I don't have a suitable card. - -Known problems: - I still see "DMA upload timed out" messages from time to time. These -seem to be fairly non-fatal though. - The card is old and slow. - -To do: - Improve probe/setup code - Test multicast and promiscuous operation - -Authors: - The driver is mainly written by Craig Southeren, email - <craigs@ineluki.apana.org.au>. - Parts of the driver (adapting the driver to 1.1.4+ kernels, - IRQ/address detection, some changes) and this README by - Juha Laiho <jlaiho@ichaos.nullnet.fi>. - DMA mode, more fixes, etc, by Philip Blundell <pjb27@cam.ac.uk> - Multicard support, Software configurable DMA, etc., by - Christopher Collins <ccollins@pcug.org.au> diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index f3089d423515..0cbe6ec22d6f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -554,12 +554,6 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: not specified in the struct can_frame and therefore it is only valid in CANFD_MTU sized CAN FD frames. - As long as the payload length is <=8 the received CAN frames from CAN FD - capable CAN devices can be received and read by legacy sockets too. When - user-generated CAN FD frames have a payload length <=8 these can be send - by legacy CAN network interfaces too. Sending CAN FD frames with payload - length > 8 to a legacy CAN network interface returns an -EMSGSIZE error. - Implementation hint for new CAN applications: To build a CAN FD aware application use struct canfd_frame as basic CAN diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt index b26122973525..c6af4bac5aa8 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt @@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ Ring setup: void *rx_ring, *tx_ring; /* Configure ring parameters */ - if (setsockopt(fd, NETLINK_RX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) + if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_RX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) exit(1); - if (setsockopt(fd, NETLINK_TX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) + if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_TX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) exit(1) /* Calculate size of each individual ring */ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt index 1404674c0a02..6fea79efb4cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ TP_STATUS_COPY : This flag indicates that the frame (and associated enabled previously with setsockopt() and the PACKET_COPY_THRESH option. - The number of frames than can be buffered to + The number of frames that can be buffered to be read with recvfrom is limited like a normal socket. See the SO_RCVBUF option in the socket (7) man page. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt index 661d3c316a17..048c92b487f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt @@ -21,26 +21,38 @@ has such a feature). SO_TIMESTAMPING: -Instructs the socket layer which kind of information is wanted. The -parameter is an integer with some of the following bits set. Setting -other bits is an error and doesn't change the current state. - -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE: try to obtain send time stamp in hardware -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE: if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE is off or - fails, then do it in software -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE: return the original, unmodified time stamp - as generated by the hardware -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE: if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE is off or - fails, then do it in software -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE: return original raw hardware time stamp -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: return hardware time stamp transformed to - the system time base -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE: return system time stamp generated in - software - -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX/RX determine how time stamps are generated. -SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW/SYS determine how they are reported in the -following control message: +Instructs the socket layer which kind of information should be collected +and/or reported. The parameter is an integer with some of the following +bits set. Setting other bits is an error and doesn't change the current +state. + +Four of the bits are requests to the stack to try to generate +timestamps. Any combination of them is valid. + +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE: try to obtain send time stamps in hardware +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE: try to obtain send time stamps in software +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE: try to obtain receive time stamps in hardware +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE: try to obtain receive time stamps in software + +The other three bits control which timestamps will be reported in a +generated control message. If none of these bits are set or if none of +the set bits correspond to data that is available, then the control +message will not be generated: + +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE: report systime if available +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: report hwtimetrans if available +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE: report hwtimeraw if available + +It is worth noting that timestamps may be collected for reasons other +than being requested by a particular socket with +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_[TR]X_(HARD|SOFT)WARE. For example, most drivers that +can generate hardware receive timestamps ignore +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE. It is still a good idea to set that flag +in case future drivers pay attention. + +If timestamps are reported, they will appear in a control message with +cmsg_level==SOL_SOCKET, cmsg_type==SO_TIMESTAMPING, and a payload like +this: struct scm_timestamping { struct timespec systime; diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index 0103e4b15b0e..ebff6ee52441 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -75,14 +75,26 @@ Before the controller can make use of the PHY, it has to get a reference to it. This framework provides the following APIs to get a reference to the PHY. struct phy *phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); +struct phy *phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); struct phy *devm_phy_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); - -phy_get and devm_phy_get can be used to get the PHY. In the case of dt boot, -the string arguments should contain the phy name as given in the dt data and -in the case of non-dt boot, it should contain the label of the PHY. -The only difference between the two APIs is that devm_phy_get associates the -device with the PHY using devres on successful PHY get. On driver detach, -release function is invoked on the the devres data and devres data is freed. +struct phy *devm_phy_optional_get(struct device *dev, const char *string); + +phy_get, phy_optional_get, devm_phy_get and devm_phy_optional_get can +be used to get the PHY. In the case of dt boot, the string arguments +should contain the phy name as given in the dt data and in the case of +non-dt boot, it should contain the label of the PHY. The two +devm_phy_get associates the device with the PHY using devres on +successful PHY get. On driver detach, release function is invoked on +the the devres data and devres data is freed. phy_optional_get and +devm_phy_optional_get should be used when the phy is optional. These +two functions will never return -ENODEV, but instead returns NULL when +the phy cannot be found. + +It should be noted that NULL is a valid phy reference. All phy +consumer calls on the NULL phy become NOPs. That is the release calls, +the phy_init() and phy_exit() calls, and phy_power_on() and +phy_power_off() calls are all NOP when applied to a NULL phy. The NULL +phy is useful in devices for handling optional phy devices. 5. Releasing a reference to the PHY diff --git a/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.txt b/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed12d437189d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/phy/samsung-usb2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +.------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Samsung USB 2.0 PHY adaptation layer | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+' + +| 1. Description ++---------------- + +The architecture of the USB 2.0 PHY module in Samsung SoCs is similar +among many SoCs. In spite of the similarities it proved difficult to +create a one driver that would fit all these PHY controllers. Often +the differences were minor and were found in particular bits of the +registers of the PHY. In some rare cases the order of register writes or +the PHY powering up process had to be altered. This adaptation layer is +a compromise between having separate drivers and having a single driver +with added support for many special cases. + +| 2. Files description ++---------------------- + +- phy-samsung-usb2.c + This is the main file of the adaptation layer. This file contains + the probe function and provides two callbacks to the Generic PHY + Framework. This two callbacks are used to power on and power off the + phy. They carry out the common work that has to be done on all version + of the PHY module. Depending on which SoC was chosen they execute SoC + specific callbacks. The specific SoC version is selected by choosing + the appropriate compatible string. In addition, this file contains + struct of_device_id definitions for particular SoCs. + +- phy-samsung-usb2.h + This is the include file. It declares the structures used by this + driver. In addition it should contain extern declarations for + structures that describe particular SoCs. + +| 3. Supporting SoCs ++-------------------- + +To support a new SoC a new file should be added to the drivers/phy +directory. Each SoC's configuration is stored in an instance of the +struct samsung_usb2_phy_config. + +struct samsung_usb2_phy_config { + const struct samsung_usb2_common_phy *phys; + int (*rate_to_clk)(unsigned long, u32 *); + unsigned int num_phys; + bool has_mode_switch; +}; + +The num_phys is the number of phys handled by the driver. *phys is an +array that contains the configuration for each phy. The has_mode_switch +property is a boolean flag that determines whether the SoC has USB host +and device on a single pair of pins. If so, a special register has to +be modified to change the internal routing of these pins between a USB +device or host module. + +For example the configuration for Exynos 4210 is following: + +const struct samsung_usb2_phy_config exynos4210_usb2_phy_config = { + .has_mode_switch = 0, + .num_phys = EXYNOS4210_NUM_PHYS, + .phys = exynos4210_phys, + .rate_to_clk = exynos4210_rate_to_clk, +} + +- int (*rate_to_clk)(unsigned long, u32 *) + The rate_to_clk callback is to convert the rate of the clock + used as the reference clock for the PHY module to the value + that should be written in the hardware register. + +The exynos4210_phys configuration array is as follows: + +static const struct samsung_usb2_common_phy exynos4210_phys[] = { + { + .label = "device", + .id = EXYNOS4210_DEVICE, + .power_on = exynos4210_power_on, + .power_off = exynos4210_power_off, + }, + { + .label = "host", + .id = EXYNOS4210_HOST, + .power_on = exynos4210_power_on, + .power_off = exynos4210_power_off, + }, + { + .label = "hsic0", + .id = EXYNOS4210_HSIC0, + .power_on = exynos4210_power_on, + .power_off = exynos4210_power_off, + }, + { + .label = "hsic1", + .id = EXYNOS4210_HSIC1, + .power_on = exynos4210_power_on, + .power_off = exynos4210_power_off, + }, + {}, +}; + +- int (*power_on)(struct samsung_usb2_phy_instance *); +- int (*power_off)(struct samsung_usb2_phy_instance *); + These two callbacks are used to power on and power off the phy + by modifying appropriate registers. + +Final change to the driver is adding appropriate compatible value to the +phy-samsung-usb2.c file. In case of Exynos 4210 the following lines were +added to the struct of_device_id samsung_usb2_phy_of_match[] array: + +#ifdef CONFIG_PHY_EXYNOS4210_USB2 + { + .compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-usb2-phy", + .data = &exynos4210_usb2_phy_config, + }, +#endif + +To add further flexibility to the driver the Kconfig file enables to +include support for selected SoCs in the compiled driver. The Kconfig +entry for Exynos 4210 is following: + +config PHY_EXYNOS4210_USB2 + bool "Support for Exynos 4210" + depends on PHY_SAMSUNG_USB2 + depends on CPU_EXYNOS4210 + help + Enable USB PHY support for Exynos 4210. This option requires that + Samsung USB 2.0 PHY driver is enabled and means that support for this + particular SoC is compiled in the driver. In case of Exynos 4210 four + phys are available - device, host, HSCI0 and HSCI1. + +The newly created file that supports the new SoC has to be also added to the +Makefile. In case of Exynos 4210 the added line is following: + +obj-$(CONFIG_PHY_EXYNOS4210_USB2) += phy-exynos4210-usb2.o + +After completing these steps the support for the new SoC should be ready. diff --git a/Documentation/power/00-INDEX b/Documentation/power/00-INDEX index a4d682f54231..ad04cc8097ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/power/00-INDEX @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ apm-acpi.txt - basic info about the APM and ACPI support. basic-pm-debugging.txt - Debugging suspend and resume +charger-manager.txt + - Battery charger management. devices.txt - How drivers interact with system-wide power management drivers-testing.txt @@ -22,6 +24,8 @@ pm_qos_interface.txt - info on Linux PM Quality of Service interface power_supply_class.txt - Tells userspace about battery, UPS, AC or DC power supply properties +runtime_pm.txt + - Power management framework for I/O devices. s2ram.txt - How to get suspend to ram working (and debug it when it isn't) states.txt @@ -38,7 +42,5 @@ tricks.txt - How to trick software suspend (to disk) into working when it isn't userland-swsusp.txt - Experimental implementation of software suspend in userspace -video_extension.txt - - ACPI video extensions video.txt - Video issues during resume from suspend diff --git a/Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt b/Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt index 483632087788..a5da5c7e7128 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/pm_qos_interface.txt @@ -88,17 +88,19 @@ node. 2. PM QoS per-device latency and flags framework -For each device, there are two lists of PM QoS requests. One is maintained -along with the aggregated target of latency value and the other is for PM QoS -flags. Values are updated in response to changes of the request list. +For each device, there are three lists of PM QoS requests. Two of them are +maintained along with the aggregated targets of resume latency and active +state latency tolerance (in microseconds) and the third one is for PM QoS flags. +Values are updated in response to changes of the request list. -Target latency value is simply the minimum of the request values held in the -parameter list elements. The PM QoS flags aggregate value is a gather (bitwise -OR) of all list elements' values. Two device PM QoS flags are defined currently: -PM_QOS_FLAG_NO_POWER_OFF and PM_QOS_FLAG_REMOTE_WAKEUP. +The target values of resume latency and active state latency tolerance are +simply the minimum of the request values held in the parameter list elements. +The PM QoS flags aggregate value is a gather (bitwise OR) of all list elements' +values. Two device PM QoS flags are defined currently: PM_QOS_FLAG_NO_POWER_OFF +and PM_QOS_FLAG_REMOTE_WAKEUP. -Note: the aggregated target value is implemented as an atomic variable so that -reading the aggregated value does not require any locking mechanism. +Note: The aggregated target values are implemented in such a way that reading +the aggregated value does not require any locking mechanism. From kernel mode the use of this interface is the following: @@ -132,19 +134,21 @@ The meaning of the return values is as follows: PM_QOS_FLAGS_UNDEFINED: The device's PM QoS structure has not been initialized or the list of requests is empty. -int dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request(dev, handle, value) +int dev_pm_qos_add_ancestor_request(dev, handle, type, value) Add a PM QoS request for the first direct ancestor of the given device whose -power.ignore_children flag is unset. +power.ignore_children flag is unset (for DEV_PM_QOS_RESUME_LATENCY requests) +or whose power.set_latency_tolerance callback pointer is not NULL (for +DEV_PM_QOS_LATENCY_TOLERANCE requests). int dev_pm_qos_expose_latency_limit(device, value) -Add a request to the device's PM QoS list of latency constraints and create -a sysfs attribute pm_qos_resume_latency_us under the device's power directory -allowing user space to manipulate that request. +Add a request to the device's PM QoS list of resume latency constraints and +create a sysfs attribute pm_qos_resume_latency_us under the device's power +directory allowing user space to manipulate that request. void dev_pm_qos_hide_latency_limit(device) Drop the request added by dev_pm_qos_expose_latency_limit() from the device's -PM QoS list of latency constraints and remove sysfs attribute pm_qos_resume_latency_us -from the device's power directory. +PM QoS list of resume latency constraints and remove sysfs attribute +pm_qos_resume_latency_us from the device's power directory. int dev_pm_qos_expose_flags(device, value) Add a request to the device's PM QoS list of flags and create sysfs attributes @@ -163,7 +167,7 @@ a per-device notification tree and a global notification tree. int dev_pm_qos_add_notifier(device, notifier): Adds a notification callback function for the device. The callback is called when the aggregated value of the device constraints list -is changed. +is changed (for resume latency device PM QoS only). int dev_pm_qos_remove_notifier(device, notifier): Removes the notification callback function for the device. @@ -171,14 +175,48 @@ Removes the notification callback function for the device. int dev_pm_qos_add_global_notifier(notifier): Adds a notification callback function in the global notification tree of the framework. -The callback is called when the aggregated value for any device is changed. +The callback is called when the aggregated value for any device is changed +(for resume latency device PM QoS only). int dev_pm_qos_remove_global_notifier(notifier): Removes the notification callback function from the global notification tree of the framework. -From user mode: -No API for user space access to the per-device latency constraints is provided -yet - still under discussion. - +Active state latency tolerance + +This device PM QoS type is used to support systems in which hardware may switch +to energy-saving operation modes on the fly. In those systems, if the operation +mode chosen by the hardware attempts to save energy in an overly aggressive way, +it may cause excess latencies to be visible to software, causing it to miss +certain protocol requirements or target frame or sample rates etc. + +If there is a latency tolerance control mechanism for a given device available +to software, the .set_latency_tolerance callback in that device's dev_pm_info +structure should be populated. The routine pointed to by it is should implement +whatever is necessary to transfer the effective requirement value to the +hardware. + +Whenever the effective latency tolerance changes for the device, its +.set_latency_tolerance() callback will be executed and the effective value will +be passed to it. If that value is negative, which means that the list of +latency tolerance requirements for the device is empty, the callback is expected +to switch the underlying hardware latency tolerance control mechanism to an +autonomous mode if available. If that value is PM_QOS_LATENCY_ANY, in turn, and +the hardware supports a special "no requirement" setting, the callback is +expected to use it. That allows software to prevent the hardware from +automatically updating the device's latency tolerance in response to its power +state changes (e.g. during transitions from D3cold to D0), which generally may +be done in the autonomous latency tolerance control mode. + +If .set_latency_tolerance() is present for the device, sysfs attribute +pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us will be present in the devivce's power directory. +Then, user space can use that attribute to specify its latency tolerance +requirement for the device, if any. Writing "any" to it means "no requirement, +but do not let the hardware control latency tolerance" and writing "auto" to it +allows the hardware to be switched to the autonomous mode if there are no other +requirements from the kernel side in the device's list. + +Kernel code can use the functions described above along with the +DEV_PM_QOS_LATENCY_TOLERANCE device PM QoS type to add, remove and update +latency tolerance requirements for devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c index a74d0a84d329..4aba0436da65 100644 --- a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c +++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c @@ -117,6 +117,7 @@ static void usage(char *progname) " -f val adjust the ptp clock frequency by 'val' ppb\n" " -g get the ptp clock time\n" " -h prints this message\n" + " -i val index for event/trigger\n" " -k val measure the time offset between system and phc clock\n" " for 'val' times (Maximum 25)\n" " -p val enable output with a period of 'val' nanoseconds\n" @@ -154,6 +155,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) int capabilities = 0; int extts = 0; int gettime = 0; + int index = 0; int oneshot = 0; int pct_offset = 0; int n_samples = 0; @@ -167,7 +169,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/'); progname = progname ? 1+progname : argv[0]; - while (EOF != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "a:A:cd:e:f:ghk:p:P:sSt:v"))) { + while (EOF != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "a:A:cd:e:f:ghi:k:p:P:sSt:v"))) { switch (c) { case 'a': oneshot = atoi(optarg); @@ -190,6 +192,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) case 'g': gettime = 1; break; + case 'i': + index = atoi(optarg); + break; case 'k': pct_offset = 1; n_samples = atoi(optarg); @@ -301,7 +306,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) if (extts) { memset(&extts_request, 0, sizeof(extts_request)); - extts_request.index = 0; + extts_request.index = index; extts_request.flags = PTP_ENABLE_FEATURE; if (ioctl(fd, PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST, &extts_request)) { perror("PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST"); @@ -375,7 +380,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) return -1; } memset(&perout_request, 0, sizeof(perout_request)); - perout_request.index = 0; + perout_request.index = index; perout_request.start.sec = ts.tv_sec + 2; perout_request.start.nsec = 0; perout_request.period.sec = 0; diff --git a/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX b/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX index 3a2b96302ecc..10c874ebdfe5 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX @@ -16,11 +16,13 @@ Debugging390.txt - hints for debugging on s390 systems. driver-model.txt - information on s390 devices and the driver model. +kvm.txt + - ioctl calls to /dev/kvm on s390. monreader.txt - information on accessing the z/VM monitor stream from Linux. +qeth.txt + - HiperSockets Bridge Port Support. s390dbf.txt - information on using the s390 debug feature. -TAPE - - information on the driver for channel-attached tapes. -zfcpdump +zfcpdump.txt - information on the s390 SCSI dump tool. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX index 46702e4f89c9..eccf7ad2e7f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ - this file. sched-arch.txt - CPU Scheduler implementation hints for architecture specific code. +sched-bwc.txt + - CFS bandwidth control overview. sched-design-CFS.txt - goals, design and implementation of the Completely Fair Scheduler. sched-domains.txt diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX index 2044be565d93..c4b978a72f78 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ NinjaSCSI.txt - info on WorkBiT NinjaSCSI-32/32Bi driver aacraid.txt - Driver supporting Adaptec RAID controllers +advansys.txt + - List of Advansys Host Adapters aha152x.txt - info on driver for Adaptec AHA152x based adapters aic79xx.txt @@ -44,6 +46,12 @@ aic7xxx.txt - info on driver for Adaptec controllers arcmsr_spec.txt - ARECA FIRMWARE SPEC (for IOP331 adapter) +bfa.txt + - Brocade FC/FCOE adapter driver. +bnx2fc.txt + - FCoE hardware offload for Broadcom network interfaces. +cxgb3i.txt + - Chelsio iSCSI Linux Driver dc395x.txt - README file for the dc395x SCSI driver dpti.txt @@ -52,18 +60,24 @@ dtc3x80.txt - info on driver for DTC 2x80 based adapters g_NCR5380.txt - info on driver for NCR5380 and NCR53c400 based adapters +hpsa.txt + - HP Smart Array Controller SCSI driver. hptiop.txt - HIGHPOINT ROCKETRAID 3xxx RAID DRIVER in2000.txt - info on in2000 driver libsas.txt - Serial Attached SCSI management layer. +link_power_management_policy.txt + - Link power management options. lpfc.txt - LPFC driver release notes megaraid.txt - Common Management Module, shared code handling ioctls for LSI drivers ncr53c8xx.txt - info on driver for NCR53c8xx based adapters +osd.txt + Object-Based Storage Device, command set introduction. osst.txt - info on driver for OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape ppa.txt @@ -74,6 +88,8 @@ scsi-changer.txt - README for the SCSI media changer driver scsi-generic.txt - info on the sg driver for generic (non-disk/CD/tape) SCSI devices. +scsi-parameters.txt + - List of SCSI-parameters to pass to the kernel at module load-time. scsi.txt - short blurb on using SCSI support as a module. scsi_mid_low_api.txt diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas index 6edaa65b0818..91ba58ef02d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas @@ -1,3 +1,16 @@ +Release Date : Mon. Mar 10, 2014 17:00:00 PST 2014 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford + Kashyap Desai + Sumit Saxena +Current Version : 06.803.01.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.700.06.00-rc1 + 1. Load correct raid context timeout value for multipathing & clustering. + 2. Fix megasas_ioc_init_fusion to use local stack variable. + 3. Return leaked MPT frames to MPT command pool. + 4. Add Dell PowerEdge VRTX SR-IOV VF device support. + 5. Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Date : Sat. Aug 31, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 - (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) Adam Radford diff --git a/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX index 1f1b22fbd739..f9c6b5ed03e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX @@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ README.cycladesZ - info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading. digiepca.txt - info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards. -hayes-esp.txt - - info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver. +driver + - intro to the low level serial driver. moxa-smartio - file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver. +n_gsm.txt + - GSM 0710 tty multiplexer howto. riscom8.txt - notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver. rocket.txt diff --git a/Documentation/sgi-visws.txt b/Documentation/sgi-visws.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7ff0811ca2ba..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/sgi-visws.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - -The SGI Visual Workstations (models 320 and 540) are based around -the Cobalt, Lithium, and Arsenic ASICs. The Cobalt ASIC is the -main system ASIC which interfaces the 1-4 IA32 cpus, the memory -system, and the I/O system in the Lithium ASIC. The Cobalt ASIC -also contains the 3D gfx rendering engine which renders to main -system memory -- part of which is used as the frame buffer which -is DMA'ed to a video connector using the Arsenic ASIC. A PIIX4 -chip and NS87307 are used to provide legacy device support (IDE, -serial, floppy, and parallel). - -The Visual Workstation chipset largely conforms to the PC architecture -with some notable exceptions such as interrupt handling. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd b/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd deleted file mode 100644 index 4c6cbdb3c548..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd +++ /dev/null @@ -1,293 +0,0 @@ -vwsnd - Sound driver for the Silicon Graphics 320 and 540 Visual -Workstations' onboard audio. - -Copyright 1999 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All rights reserved. - - -At the time of this writing, March 1999, there are two models of -Visual Workstation, the 320 and the 540. This document only describes -those models. Future Visual Workstation models may have different -sound capabilities, and this driver will probably not work on those -boxes. - -The Visual Workstation has an Analog Devices AD1843 "SoundComm" audio -codec chip. The AD1843 is accessed through the Cobalt I/O ASIC, also -known as Lithium. This driver programs both chips. - -============================================================================== -QUICK CONFIGURATION - - # insmod soundcore - # insmod vwsnd - -============================================================================== -I/O CONNECTIONS - -On the Visual Workstation, only three of the AD1843 inputs are hooked -up. The analog line in jacks are connected to the AD1843's AUX1 -input. The CD audio lines are connected to the AD1843's AUX2 input. -The microphone jack is connected to the AD1843's MIC input. The mic -jack is mono, but the signal is delivered to both the left and right -MIC inputs. You can record in stereo from the mic input, but you will -get the same signal on both channels (within the limits of A/D -accuracy). Full scale on the Line input is +/- 2.0 V. Full scale on -the MIC input is 20 dB less, or +/- 0.2 V. - -The AD1843's LOUT1 outputs are connected to the Line Out jacks. The -AD1843's HPOUT outputs are connected to the speaker/headphone jack. -LOUT2 is not connected. Line out's maximum level is +/- 2.0 V peak to -peak. The speaker/headphone out's maximum is +/- 4.0 V peak to peak. - -The AD1843's PCM input channel and one of its output channels (DAC1) -are connected to Lithium. The other output channel (DAC2) is not -connected. - -============================================================================== -CAPABILITIES - -The AD1843 has PCM input and output (Pulse Code Modulation, also known -as wavetable). PCM input and output can be mono or stereo in any of -four formats. The formats are 16 bit signed and 8 bit unsigned, -u-Law, and A-Law format. Any sample rate from 4 KHz to 49 KHz is -available, in 1 Hz increments. - -The AD1843 includes an analog mixer that can mix all three input -signals (line, mic and CD) into the analog outputs. The mixer has a -separate gain control and mute switch for each input. - -There are two outputs, line out and speaker/headphone out. They -always produce the same signal, and the speaker always has 3 dB more -gain than the line out. The speaker/headphone output can be muted, -but this driver does not export that function. - -The hardware can sync audio to the video clock, but this driver does -not have a way to specify syncing to video. - -============================================================================== -PROGRAMMING - -This section explains the API supported by the driver. Also see the -Open Sound Programming Guide at http://www.opensound.com/pguide/ . -This section assumes familiarity with that document. - -The driver has two interfaces, an I/O interface and a mixer interface. -There is no MIDI or sequencer capability. - -============================================================================== -PROGRAMMING PCM I/O - -The I/O interface is usually accessed as /dev/audio or /dev/dsp. -Using the standard Open Sound System (OSS) ioctl calls, the sample -rate, number of channels, and sample format may be set within the -limitations described above. The driver supports triggering. It also -supports getting the input and output pointers with one-sample -accuracy. - -The SNDCTL_DSP_GETCAP ioctl returns these capabilities. - - DSP_CAP_DUPLEX - driver supports full duplex. - - DSP_CAP_TRIGGER - driver supports triggering. - - DSP_CAP_REALTIME - values returned by SNDCTL_DSP_GETIPTR - and SNDCTL_DSP_GETOPTR are accurate to a few samples. - -Memory mapping (mmap) is not implemented. - -The driver permits subdivided fragment sizes from 64 to 4096 bytes. -The number of fragments can be anything from 3 fragments to however -many fragments fit into 124 kilobytes. It is up to the user to -determine how few/small fragments can be used without introducing -glitches with a given workload. Linux is not realtime, so we can't -promise anything. (sigh...) - -When this driver is switched into or out of mu-Law or A-Law mode on -output, it may produce an audible click. This is unavoidable. To -prevent clicking, use signed 16-bit mode instead, and convert from -mu-Law or A-Law format in software. - -============================================================================== -PROGRAMMING THE MIXER INTERFACE - -The mixer interface is usually accessed as /dev/mixer. It is accessed -through ioctls. The mixer allows the application to control gain or -mute several audio signal paths, and also allows selection of the -recording source. - -Each of the constants described here can be read using the -MIXER_READ(SOUND_MIXER_xxx) ioctl. Those that are not read-only can -also be written using the MIXER_WRITE(SOUND_MIXER_xxx) ioctl. In most -cases, <sys/soundcard.h> defines constants SOUND_MIXER_READ_xxx and -SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_xxx which work just as well. - -SOUND_MIXER_CAPS Read-only - -This is a mask of optional driver capabilities that are implemented. -This driver's only capability is SOUND_CAP_EXCL_INPUT, which means -that only one recording source can be active at a time. - -SOUND_MIXER_DEVMASK Read-only - -This is a mask of the sound channels. This driver's channels are PCM, -LINE, MIC, CD, and RECLEV. - -SOUND_MIXER_STEREODEVS Read-only - -This is a mask of which sound channels are capable of stereo. All -channels are capable of stereo. (But see caveat on MIC input in I/O -CONNECTIONS section above). - -SOUND_MIXER_OUTMASK Read-only - -This is a mask of channels that route inputs through to outputs. -Those are LINE, MIC, and CD. - -SOUND_MIXER_RECMASK Read-only - -This is a mask of channels that can be recording sources. Those are -PCM, LINE, MIC, CD. - -SOUND_MIXER_PCM Default: 0x5757 (0 dB) - -This is the gain control for PCM output. The left and right channel -gain are controlled independently. This gain control has 64 levels, -which range from -82.5 dB to +12.0 dB in 1.5 dB steps. Those 64 -levels are mapped onto 100 levels at the ioctl, see below. - -SOUND_MIXER_LINE Default: 0x4a4a (0 dB) - -This is the gain control for mixing the Line In source into the -outputs. The left and right channel gain are controlled -independently. This gain control has 32 levels, which range from --34.5 dB to +12.0 dB in 1.5 dB steps. Those 32 levels are mapped onto -100 levels at the ioctl, see below. - -SOUND_MIXER_MIC Default: 0x4a4a (0 dB) - -This is the gain control for mixing the MIC source into the outputs. -The left and right channel gain are controlled independently. This -gain control has 32 levels, which range from -34.5 dB to +12.0 dB in -1.5 dB steps. Those 32 levels are mapped onto 100 levels at the -ioctl, see below. - -SOUND_MIXER_CD Default: 0x4a4a (0 dB) - -This is the gain control for mixing the CD audio source into the -outputs. The left and right channel gain are controlled -independently. This gain control has 32 levels, which range from --34.5 dB to +12.0 dB in 1.5 dB steps. Those 32 levels are mapped onto -100 levels at the ioctl, see below. - -SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV Default: 0 (0 dB) - -This is the gain control for PCM input (RECording LEVel). The left -and right channel gain are controlled independently. This gain -control has 16 levels, which range from 0 dB to +22.5 dB in 1.5 dB -steps. Those 16 levels are mapped onto 100 levels at the ioctl, see -below. - -SOUND_MIXER_RECSRC Default: SOUND_MASK_LINE - -This is a mask of currently selected PCM input sources (RECording -SouRCes). Because the AD1843 can only have a single recording source -at a time, only one bit at a time can be set in this mask. The -allowable values are SOUND_MASK_PCM, SOUND_MASK_LINE, SOUND_MASK_MIC, -or SOUND_MASK_CD. Selecting SOUND_MASK_PCM sets up internal -resampling which is useful for loopback testing and for hardware -sample rate conversion. But software sample rate conversion is -probably faster, so I don't know how useful that is. - -SOUND_MIXER_OUTSRC DEFAULT: SOUND_MASK_LINE|SOUND_MASK_MIC|SOUND_MASK_CD - -This is a mask of sources that are currently passed through to the -outputs. Those sources whose bits are not set are muted. - -============================================================================== -GAIN CONTROL - -There are five gain controls listed above. Each has 16, 32, or 64 -steps. Each control has 1.5 dB of gain per step. Each control is -stereo. - -The OSS defines the argument to a channel gain ioctl as having two -components, left and right, each of which ranges from 0 to 100. The -two components are packed into the same word, with the left side gain -in the least significant byte, and the right side gain in the second -least significant byte. In C, we would say this. - - #include <assert.h> - - ... - - assert(leftgain >= 0 && leftgain <= 100); - assert(rightgain >= 0 && rightgain <= 100); - arg = leftgain | rightgain << 8; - -So each OSS gain control has 101 steps. But the hardware has 16, 32, -or 64 steps. The hardware steps are spread across the 101 OSS steps -nearly evenly. The conversion formulas are like this, given N equals -16, 32, or 64. - - int round = N/2 - 1; - OSS_gain_steps = (hw_gain_steps * 100 + round) / (N - 1); - hw_gain_steps = (OSS_gain_steps * (N - 1) + round) / 100; - -Here is a snippet of C code that will return the left and right gain -of any channel in dB. Pass it one of the predefined gain_desc_t -structures to access any of the five channels' gains. - - typedef struct gain_desc { - float min_gain; - float gain_step; - int nbits; - int chan; - } gain_desc_t; - - const gain_desc_t gain_pcm = { -82.5, 1.5, 6, SOUND_MIXER_PCM }; - const gain_desc_t gain_line = { -34.5, 1.5, 5, SOUND_MIXER_LINE }; - const gain_desc_t gain_mic = { -34.5, 1.5, 5, SOUND_MIXER_MIC }; - const gain_desc_t gain_cd = { -34.5, 1.5, 5, SOUND_MIXER_CD }; - const gain_desc_t gain_reclev = { 0.0, 1.5, 4, SOUND_MIXER_RECLEV }; - - int get_gain_dB(int fd, const gain_desc_t *gp, - float *left, float *right) - { - int word; - int lg, rg; - int mask = (1 << gp->nbits) - 1; - - if (ioctl(fd, MIXER_READ(gp->chan), &word) != 0) - return -1; /* fail */ - lg = word & 0xFF; - rg = word >> 8 & 0xFF; - lg = (lg * mask + mask / 2) / 100; - rg = (rg * mask + mask / 2) / 100; - *left = gp->min_gain + gp->gain_step * lg; - *right = gp->min_gain + gp->gain_step * rg; - return 0; - } - -And here is the corresponding routine to set a channel's gain in dB. - - int set_gain_dB(int fd, const gain_desc_t *gp, float left, float right) - { - float max_gain = - gp->min_gain + (1 << gp->nbits) * gp->gain_step; - float round = gp->gain_step / 2; - int mask = (1 << gp->nbits) - 1; - int word; - int lg, rg; - - if (left < gp->min_gain || right < gp->min_gain) - return EINVAL; - lg = (left - gp->min_gain + round) / gp->gain_step; - rg = (right - gp->min_gain + round) / gp->gain_step; - if (lg >= (1 << gp->nbits) || rg >= (1 << gp->nbits)) - return EINVAL; - lg = (100 * lg + mask / 2) / mask; - rg = (100 * rg + mask / 2) / mask; - word = lg | rg << 8; - - return ioctl(fd, MIXER_WRITE(gp->chan), &word); - } - diff --git a/Documentation/spi/00-INDEX b/Documentation/spi/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a128fa835512 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/spi/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file. +Makefile + - Makefile for the example sourcefiles. +butterfly + - AVR Butterfly SPI driver overview and pin configuration. +ep93xx_spi + - Basic EP93xx SPI driver configuration. +pxa2xx + - PXA2xx SPI master controller build by spi_message fifo wq +spidev + - Intro to the userspace API for spi devices +spidev_fdx.c + - spidev example file +spi-lm70llp + - Connecting an LM70-LLP sensor to the kernel via the SPI subsys. +spi-sc18is602 + - NXP SC18IS602/603 I2C-bus to SPI bridge +spi-summary + - (Linux) SPI overview. If unsure about SPI or SPI in Linux, start here. +spidev_test.c + - SPI testing utility. diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index f72e0d1e0da8..7982bcc4d151 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -543,7 +543,22 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS queuing transfers that arrive in the meantime. When the driver is finished with this message, it must call spi_finalize_current_message() so the subsystem can issue the next - transfer. This may sleep. + message. This may sleep. + + master->transfer_one(struct spi_master *master, struct spi_device *spi, + struct spi_transfer *transfer) + The subsystem calls the driver to transfer a single transfer while + queuing transfers that arrive in the meantime. When the driver is + finished with this transfer, it must call + spi_finalize_current_transfer() so the subsystem can issue the next + transfer. This may sleep. Note: transfer_one and transfer_one_message + are mutually exclusive; when both are set, the generic subsystem does + not call your transfer_one callback. + + Return values: + negative errno: error + 0: transfer is finished + 1: transfer is still in progress DEPRECATED METHODS diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spidev b/Documentation/spi/spidev index ed2da5e5b28a..3d14035b1766 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spidev +++ b/Documentation/spi/spidev @@ -85,6 +85,12 @@ settings for data transfer parameters: SPI_MODE_0..SPI_MODE_3; or if you prefer you can combine SPI_CPOL (clock polarity, idle high iff this is set) or SPI_CPHA (clock phase, sample on trailing edge iff this is set) flags. + Note that this request is limited to SPI mode flags that fit in a + single byte. + + SPI_IOC_RD_MODE32, SPI_IOC_WR_MODE32 ... pass a pointer to a uin32_t + which will return (RD) or assign (WR) the full SPI transfer mode, + not limited to the bits that fit in one byte. SPI_IOC_RD_LSB_FIRST, SPI_IOC_WR_LSB_FIRST ... pass a pointer to a byte which will return (RD) or assign (WR) the bit justification used to diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c b/Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c index 36ec0774ca0b..0ea3e51292fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c +++ b/Documentation/spi/spidev_fdx.c @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ static void do_msg(int fd, int len) static void dumpstat(const char *name, int fd) { - __u8 mode, lsb, bits; - __u32 speed; + __u8 lsb, bits; + __u32 mode, speed; - if (ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_RD_MODE, &mode) < 0) { + if (ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_RD_MODE32, &mode) < 0) { perror("SPI rd_mode"); return; } @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static void dumpstat(const char *name, int fd) return; } - printf("%s: spi mode %d, %d bits %sper word, %d Hz max\n", + printf("%s: spi mode 0x%x, %d bits %sper word, %d Hz max\n", name, mode, bits, lsb ? "(lsb first) " : "", speed); } diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c index 16feda901469..3a2f9d59edab 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c +++ b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static void pabort(const char *s) } static const char *device = "/dev/spidev1.1"; -static uint8_t mode; +static uint32_t mode; static uint8_t bits = 8; static uint32_t speed = 500000; static uint16_t delay; @@ -57,6 +57,21 @@ static void transfer(int fd) .bits_per_word = bits, }; + if (mode & SPI_TX_QUAD) + tr.tx_nbits = 4; + else if (mode & SPI_TX_DUAL) + tr.tx_nbits = 2; + if (mode & SPI_RX_QUAD) + tr.rx_nbits = 4; + else if (mode & SPI_RX_DUAL) + tr.rx_nbits = 2; + if (!(mode & SPI_LOOP)) { + if (mode & (SPI_TX_QUAD | SPI_TX_DUAL)) + tr.rx_buf = 0; + else if (mode & (SPI_RX_QUAD | SPI_RX_DUAL)) + tr.tx_buf = 0; + } + ret = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_MESSAGE(1), &tr); if (ret < 1) pabort("can't send spi message"); @@ -81,7 +96,11 @@ static void print_usage(const char *prog) " -O --cpol clock polarity\n" " -L --lsb least significant bit first\n" " -C --cs-high chip select active high\n" - " -3 --3wire SI/SO signals shared\n"); + " -3 --3wire SI/SO signals shared\n" + " -N --no-cs no chip select\n" + " -R --ready slave pulls low to pause\n" + " -2 --dual dual transfer\n" + " -4 --quad quad transfer\n"); exit(1); } @@ -101,11 +120,13 @@ static void parse_opts(int argc, char *argv[]) { "3wire", 0, 0, '3' }, { "no-cs", 0, 0, 'N' }, { "ready", 0, 0, 'R' }, + { "dual", 0, 0, '2' }, + { "quad", 0, 0, '4' }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0 }, }; int c; - c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "D:s:d:b:lHOLC3NR", lopts, NULL); + c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "D:s:d:b:lHOLC3NR24", lopts, NULL); if (c == -1) break; @@ -147,11 +168,23 @@ static void parse_opts(int argc, char *argv[]) case 'R': mode |= SPI_READY; break; + case '2': + mode |= SPI_TX_DUAL; + break; + case '4': + mode |= SPI_TX_QUAD; + break; default: print_usage(argv[0]); break; } } + if (mode & SPI_LOOP) { + if (mode & SPI_TX_DUAL) + mode |= SPI_RX_DUAL; + if (mode & SPI_TX_QUAD) + mode |= SPI_RX_QUAD; + } } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) @@ -168,11 +201,11 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) /* * spi mode */ - ret = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_WR_MODE, &mode); + ret = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_WR_MODE32, &mode); if (ret == -1) pabort("can't set spi mode"); - ret = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_RD_MODE, &mode); + ret = ioctl(fd, SPI_IOC_RD_MODE32, &mode); if (ret == -1) pabort("can't get spi mode"); @@ -198,7 +231,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) if (ret == -1) pabort("can't get max speed hz"); - printf("spi mode: %d\n", mode); + printf("spi mode: 0x%x\n", mode); printf("bits per word: %d\n", bits); printf("max speed: %d Hz (%d KHz)\n", speed, speed/1000); diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index e55124e7c40c..ec8be46bf48d 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -320,10 +320,11 @@ This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. ============================================================== -hung_task_warning: +hung_task_warnings: The maximum number of warnings to report. During a check interval -When this value is reached, no more the warnings will be reported. +if a hung task is detected, this value is decreased by 1. +When this value reaches 0, no more warnings will be reported. This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. -1: report an infinite number of warnings. @@ -441,8 +442,7 @@ feature should be disabled. Otherwise, if the system overhead from the feature is too high then the rate the kernel samples for NUMA hinting faults may be controlled by the numa_balancing_scan_period_min_ms, numa_balancing_scan_delay_ms, numa_balancing_scan_period_max_ms, -numa_balancing_scan_size_mb, numa_balancing_settle_count sysctls and -numa_balancing_migrate_deferred. +numa_balancing_scan_size_mb, and numa_balancing_settle_count sysctls. ============================================================== @@ -483,13 +483,6 @@ rate for each task. numa_balancing_scan_size_mb is how many megabytes worth of pages are scanned for a given scan. -numa_balancing_migrate_deferred is how many page migrations get skipped -unconditionally, after a page migration is skipped because a page is shared -with other tasks. This reduces page migration overhead, and determines -how much stronger the "move task near its memory" policy scheduler becomes, -versus the "move memory near its task" memory management policy, for workloads -with shared memory. - ============================================================== osrelease, ostype & version: diff --git a/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX b/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX index ef2ccbf77fa2..6d042dc1cce0 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/timers/00-INDEX @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ hpet_example.c - sample hpet timer test program hrtimers.txt - subsystem for high-resolution kernel timers +Makefile + - Build and link hpet_example NO_HZ.txt - Summary of the different methods for the scheduler clock-interrupts management. timers-howto.txt diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt index 3bd33b8dc7c4..21d514ced212 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt @@ -92,5 +92,5 @@ dev_pm_qos_remove_request "device=%s type=%s new_value=%d" The first parameter gives the device name which tries to add/update/remove QoS requests. -The second parameter gives the request type (e.g. "DEV_PM_QOS_LATENCY"). +The second parameter gives the request type (e.g. "DEV_PM_QOS_RESUME_LATENCY"). The third parameter is value to be added/updated/removed. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX index 641ec9220179..fee9f2bf9c64 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX @@ -20,5 +20,7 @@ ppc-pv.txt - the paravirtualization interface on PowerPC. review-checklist.txt - review checklist for KVM patches. +s390-diag.txt + - Diagnose hypercall description (for IBM S/390) timekeeping.txt - timekeeping virtualization for x86-based architectures. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/vm/00-INDEX index a39d06680e1c..081c49777abb 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/vm/00-INDEX @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ hwpoison.txt - explains what hwpoison is ksm.txt - how to use the Kernel Samepage Merging feature. -locking - - info on how locking and synchronization is done in the Linux vm code. numa - information about NUMA specific code in the Linux vm. numa_memory_policy.txt @@ -32,6 +30,8 @@ slub.txt - a short users guide for SLUB. soft-dirty.txt - short explanation for soft-dirty PTEs +split_page_table_lock + - Separate per-table lock to improve scalability of the old page_table_lock. transhuge.txt - Transparent Hugepage Support, alternative way of using hugepages. unevictable-lru.txt diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX b/Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX index d63fa024ac05..8330cf9325f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/00-INDEX @@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ ds2482 - The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2482 provides 1-wire busses. ds2490 - The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2490 builds USB <-> W1 bridges. -mxc_w1 +mxc-w1 - W1 master controller driver found on Freescale MX2/MX3 SoCs +omap-hdq + - HDQ/1-wire module of TI OMAP 2430/3430. w1-gpio - GPIO 1-wire bus master driver. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 index 28176def3d6f..3e091151dd80 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 +++ b/Documentation/w1/masters/ds2490 @@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ Notes and limitations. - The weak pullup current is a minimum of 0.9mA and maximum of 6.0mA. - The 5V strong pullup is supported with a minimum of 5.9mA and a maximum of 30.4 mA. (From DS2490.pdf) -- While the ds2490 supports a hardware search the code doesn't take - advantage of it (in tested case it only returned first device). - The hardware will detect when devices are attached to the bus on the next bus (reset?) operation, however only a message is printed as the core w1 code doesn't make use of the information. Connecting diff --git a/Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX b/Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX index 75613c9ac4db..6e18c70c3474 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/w1/slaves/00-INDEX @@ -4,3 +4,5 @@ w1_therm - The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor ds18*20 temperature sensor. w1_ds2423 - The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor ds2423 counter device. +w1_ds28e04 + - The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor ds28e04 eeprom. diff --git a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink index f59a31965d50..927a52cc0519 100644 --- a/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink +++ b/Documentation/w1/w1.netlink @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ Message types. ============= There are three types of messages between w1 core and userspace: -1. Events. They are generated each time new master or slave device - found either due to automatic or requested search. +1. Events. They are generated each time a new master or slave device + is found either due to automatic or requested search. 2. Userspace commands. 3. Replies to userspace commands. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ of the w1_netlink_cmd structure and cn_msg.len will be equal to the sum of the sizeof(struct w1_netlink_msg) and sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd). If reply is generated for master or root command (which do not have w1_netlink_cmd attached), reply will contain only cn_msg and w1_netlink_msg -structires. +structures. w1_netlink_msg.status field will carry positive error value (EINVAL for example) or zero in case of success. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ procedure is started to select given device. Then all requested in w1_netlink_msg operations are performed one by one. If command requires reply (like read command) it is sent on command completion. -When all commands (w1_netlink_cmd) are processed muster device is unlocked +When all commands (w1_netlink_cmd) are processed master device is unlocked and next w1_netlink_msg header processing started. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index f9492fed4104..692791cc674c 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -150,6 +150,8 @@ nowayout: Disable watchdog shutdown on close ------------------------------------------------- it87_wdt: nogameport: Forbid the activation of game port, default=0 +nocir: Forbid the use of CIR (workaround for some buggy setups); set to 1 if +system resets despite watchdog daemon running, default=0 exclusive: Watchdog exclusive device open, default=1 timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds, default=60 testmode: Watchdog test mode (1 = no reboot), default=0 @@ -325,6 +327,11 @@ soft_noboot: Softdog action, set to 1 to ignore reboots, 0 to reboot stmp3xxx_wdt: heartbeat: Watchdog heartbeat period in seconds from 1 to 4194304, default 19 ------------------------------------------------- +tegra_wdt: +heartbeat: Watchdog heartbeats in seconds. (default = 120) +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) +------------------------------------------------- ts72xx_wdt: timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (1 <= timeout <= 8, default=8) nowayout: Disable watchdog shutdown on close diff --git a/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX b/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX index f37b46d34861..692264456f0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX @@ -1,6 +1,20 @@ 00-INDEX - this file -mtrr.txt - - how to use x86 Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance +boot.txt + - List of boot protocol versions +early-microcode.txt + - How to load microcode from an initrd-CPIO archive early to fix CPU issues. +earlyprintk.txt + - Using earlyprintk with a USB2 debug port key. +entry_64.txt + - Describe (some of the) kernel entry points for x86. exception-tables.txt - why and how Linux kernel uses exception tables on x86 +mtrr.txt + - how to use x86 Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance +pat.txt + - Page Attribute Table intro and API +usb-legacy-support.txt + - how to fix/avoid quirks when using emulated PS/2 mouse/keyboard. +zero-page.txt + - layout of the first page of memory. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt index cb81741d3b0b..a75e3adaa39d 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning 0226/1 2.02+(3 ext_loader_ver Extended boot loader version 0227/1 2.02+(3 ext_loader_type Extended boot loader ID 0228/4 2.02+ cmd_line_ptr 32-bit pointer to the kernel command line -022C/4 2.03+ ramdisk_max Highest legal initrd address +022C/4 2.03+ initrd_addr_max Highest legal initrd address 0230/4 2.05+ kernel_alignment Physical addr alignment required for kernel 0234/1 2.05+ relocatable_kernel Whether kernel is relocatable or not 0235/1 2.10+ min_alignment Minimum alignment, as a power of two @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Protocol: 2.02+ zero, the kernel will assume that your boot loader does not support the 2.02+ protocol. -Field name: ramdisk_max +Field name: initrd_addr_max Type: read Offset/size: 0x22c/4 Protocol: 2.03+ diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt index 28fa325b7461..6f6d956ac1c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> -Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 英文版维护者： Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> -中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> -中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> -中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 以下为正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何 必要性: 强制 -设备树数据块（dtb）大小必须不大于 2 MB，且位于从内核映像起始算起第一个 -512MB 内的 2MB 边界上。这使得内核可以通过初始页表中的单个节描述符来 +设备树数据块（dtb）必须 8 字节对齐，并位于从内核映像起始算起第一个 512MB +内，且不得跨越 2MB 对齐边界。这使得内核可以通过初始页表中的单个节描述符来 映射此数据块。 @@ -84,13 +84,23 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 必要性: 强制 -已解压的内核映像包含一个 32 字节的头，内容如下： +已解压的内核映像包含一个 64 字节的头，内容如下： - u32 magic = 0x14000008; /* 跳转到 stext, 小端 */ - u32 res0 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u32 code0; /* 可执行代码 */ + u32 code1; /* 可执行代码 */ u64 text_offset; /* 映像装载偏移 */ + u64 res0 = 0; /* 保留 */ u64 res1 = 0; /* 保留 */ u64 res2 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u64 res3 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u64 res4 = 0; /* 保留 */ + u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* 魔数, 小端, "ARM\x64" */ + u32 res5 = 0; /* 保留 */ + + +映像头注释： + +- code0/code1 负责跳转到 stext. 映像必须位于系统 RAM 起始处的特定偏移（当前是 0x80000）。系统 RAM 的起始地址必须是以 2MB 对齐的。 @@ -118,9 +128,9 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 外部高速缓存（如果存在）必须配置并禁用。 - 架构计时器 - CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率。 - 如果在 EL1 模式下进入内核，则 CNTHCTL_EL2 中的 EL1PCTEN (bit 0) - 必须置位。 + CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率，且 CNTVOFF 必须设定为对所有 CPU + 都一致的值。如果在 EL1 模式下进入内核，则 CNTHCTL_EL2 中的 + EL1PCTEN (bit 0) 必须置位。 - 一致性 通过内核启动的所有 CPU 在内核入口地址上必须处于相同的一致性域中。 @@ -131,23 +141,40 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 在进入内核映像的异常级中，所有构架中可写的系统寄存器必须通过软件 在一个更高的异常级别下初始化，以防止在 未知 状态下运行。 +以上对于 CPU 模式、高速缓存、MMU、架构计时器、一致性、系统寄存器的 +必要条件描述适用于所有 CPU。所有 CPU 必须在同一异常级别跳入内核。 + 引导装载程序必须在每个 CPU 处于以下状态时跳入内核入口： - 主 CPU 必须直接跳入内核映像的第一条指令。通过此 CPU 传递的设备树 - 数据块必须在每个 CPU 节点中包含以下内容： - - 1、‘enable-method’属性。目前，此字段支持的值仅为字符串“spin-table”。 - - 2、‘cpu-release-addr’标识一个 64-bit、初始化为零的内存位置。 + 数据块必须在每个 CPU 节点中包含一个 ‘enable-method’ 属性，所 + 支持的 enable-method 请见下文。 引导装载程序必须生成这些设备树属性，并在跳入内核入口之前将其插入 数据块。 -- 任何辅助 CPU 必须在内存保留区（通过设备树中的 /memreserve/ 域传递 +- enable-method 为 “spin-table” 的 CPU 必须在它们的 CPU + 节点中包含一个 ‘cpu-release-addr’ 属性。这个属性标识了一个 + 64 位自然对齐且初始化为零的内存位置。 + + 这些 CPU 必须在内存保留区（通过设备树中的 /memreserve/ 域传递 给内核）中自旋于内核之外，轮询它们的 cpu-release-addr 位置（必须 包含在保留区中）。可通过插入 wfe 指令来降低忙循环开销，而主 CPU 将 发出 sev 指令。当对 cpu-release-addr 所指位置的读取操作返回非零值 - 时，CPU 必须直接跳入此值所指向的地址。 + 时，CPU 必须跳入此值所指向的地址。此值为一个单独的 64 位小端值， + 因此 CPU 须在跳转前将所读取的值转换为其本身的端模式。 + +- enable-method 为 “psci” 的 CPU 保持在内核外（比如，在 + memory 节点中描述为内核空间的内存区外，或在通过设备树 /memreserve/ + 域中描述为内核保留区的空间中）。内核将会发起在 ARM 文档（编号 + ARM DEN 0022A：用于 ARM 上的电源状态协调接口系统软件）中描述的 + CPU_ON 调用来将 CPU 带入内核。 + + *译者注:到文档翻译时，此文档已更新为 ARM DEN 0022B。 + + 设备树必须包含一个 ‘psci’ 节点，请参考以下文档： + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt + - 辅助 CPU 通用寄存器设置 x0 = 0 (保留，将来可能使用) diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt index a5f6283829f9..a782704c1cb5 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> -Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arm64/memory.txt 的中文翻译 @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Documentation/arm64/memory.txt 的中文翻译 译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 英文版维护者： Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> -中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> -中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> -中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <tekkamanninja@gmail.com> +中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 以下为正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ AArch64 Linux 使用页大小为 4KB 的 3 级转换表配置，对于用户和 TTBR1 中，且从不写入 TTBR0。 -AArch64 Linux 内存布局： +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB 时的内存布局： 起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -55,15 +55,42 @@ ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [防护页，未来用于 vmmemap] +ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk 设备 + ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O 空间 -ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [防护页] +ffffffbffbe10000 ffffffbcffffffff ~2MB [防护页] ffffffbffc000000 ffffffbfffffffff 64MB 模块 ffffffc000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256GB 内核逻辑内存映射 +AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB 时的内存布局： + +起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000000000000000 000003ffffffffff 4TB 用户空间 + +fffffc0000000000 fffffdfbfffeffff ~2TB vmalloc + +fffffdfbffff0000 fffffdfbffffffff 64KB [防护页] + +fffffdfc00000000 fffffdfdffffffff 8GB vmemmap + +fffffdfe00000000 fffffdfffbbfffff ~8GB [防护页，未来用于 vmmemap] + +fffffdfffbc00000 fffffdfffbdfffff 2MB earlyprintk 设备 + +fffffdfffbe00000 fffffdfffbe0ffff 64KB PCI I/O 空间 + +fffffdfffbe10000 fffffdfffbffffff ~2MB [防护页] + +fffffdfffc000000 fffffdffffffffff 64MB 模块 + +fffffe0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 2TB 内核逻辑内存映射 + + 4KB 页大小的转换表查找： +--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+ @@ -91,3 +118,10 @@ ffffffc000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256GB 内核逻辑内存映射 | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 索引 (仅使用 38:29 ) | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 索引 (未使用) +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 + +当使用 KVM 时, 管理程序（hypervisor）在 EL2 中通过相对内核虚拟地址的 +一个固定偏移来映射内核页（内核虚拟地址的高 24 位设为零）: + +起始地址 结束地址 大小 用途 +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +0000004000000000 0000007fffffffff 256GB 在 HYP 中映射的内核对象 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2664d1bd5a1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt + +If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the +original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem +communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for +help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated +or if there is a problem with the translation. + +Maintainer: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Documentation/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt 的中文翻译 + +如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 +交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 +译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 + +英文版维护者： Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> + +以下为正文 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + Linux 在 AArch64 中带标记的虚拟地址 + ================================= + +作者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +日期: 2013 年 06 月 12 日 + +本文档简述了在 AArch64 地址转换系统中提供的带标记的虚拟地址及其在 +AArch64 Linux 中的潜在用途。 + +内核提供的地址转换表配置使通过 TTBR0 完成的虚拟地址转换（即用户空间 +映射），其虚拟地址的最高 8 位（63:56）会被转换硬件所忽略。这种机制 +让这些位可供应用程序自由使用，其注意事项如下： + + (1) 内核要求所有传递到 EL1 的用户空间地址带有 0x00 标记。 + 这意味着任何携带用户空间虚拟地址的系统调用（syscall） + 参数 *必须* 在陷入内核前使它们的最高字节被清零。 + + (2) 非零标记在传递信号时不被保存。这意味着在应用程序中利用了 + 标记的信号处理函数无法依赖 siginfo_t 的用户空间虚拟 + 地址所携带的包含其内部域信息的标记。此规则的一个例外是 + 当信号是在调试观察点的异常处理程序中产生的，此时标记的 + 信息将被保存。 + + (3) 当使用带标记的指针时需特别留心，因为仅对两个虚拟地址 + 的高字节，C 编译器很可能无法判断它们是不同的。 + +此构架会阻止对带标记的 PC 指针的利用，因此在异常返回时，其高字节 +将被设置成一个为 “55” 的扩展符。 |